SemaDecl.cpp revision 09d19efaa147762f84aed55efa7930bb3616a4e5
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 426 CorrectedStr); 427 II = NewII; 428 } else { 429 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 430 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 431 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 432 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 433 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 434 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 435 CorrectedStr); 436 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 437 bool droppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 438 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 439 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 440 << II << DC << droppedSpecifier << CorrectedQuotedStr 441 << SS->getRange() 442 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 443 CorrectedStr); 444 } 445 else { 446 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 447 } 448 449 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 450 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 451 452 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 453 false, false, ParsedType(), 454 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 455 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 456 } 457 return true; 458 } 459 460 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 461 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 462 UnqualifiedId Name; 463 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 464 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 465 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 466 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 467 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 468 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 469 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 470 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 471 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 472 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 473 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 474 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 475 } 476 return true; 477 } 478 } 479 480 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 481 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 482 483 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 484 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 485 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 486 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 487 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 488 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 489 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 490 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 491 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 492 493 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 494 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 495 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 496 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 497 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 498 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 499 } else { 500 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 501 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 502 } 503 504 return true; 505} 506 507/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 508/// or 509static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 510 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 511 NextToken.is(tok::less); 512 513 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 514 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 515 return true; 516 517 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 518 return true; 519 } 520 521 return false; 522} 523 524static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 525 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 526 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 527 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 528 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 529 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 530 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 531 const char *TagName = 0; 532 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 533 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 534 case TTK_Class: 535 TagName = "class"; 536 FixItTagName = "class "; 537 break; 538 539 case TTK_Enum: 540 TagName = "enum"; 541 FixItTagName = "enum "; 542 break; 543 544 case TTK_Struct: 545 TagName = "struct"; 546 FixItTagName = "struct "; 547 break; 548 549 case TTK_Interface: 550 TagName = "__interface"; 551 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 552 break; 553 554 case TTK_Union: 555 TagName = "union"; 556 FixItTagName = "union "; 557 break; 558 } 559 560 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 561 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 562 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 563 564 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 565 I != IEnd; ++I) 566 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 567 << Name << TagName; 568 569 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 570 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 571 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 572 return true; 573 } 574 575 return false; 576} 577 578/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 579static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 580 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 581 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 582 583 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 584 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 585 586 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 587 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 588 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 589 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 590 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 591} 592 593Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 594 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 595 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 596 SourceLocation NameLoc, 597 const Token &NextToken, 598 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 599 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 600 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 601 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 602 603 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 604 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 605 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 606 607 } 608 609 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 610 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 611 612 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 613 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 614 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 615 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 616 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 617 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 618 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 619 return E; 620 } 621 622 bool SecondTry = false; 623 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 624 625Corrected: 626 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 627 case LookupResult::NotFound: 628 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 629 // call. 630 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 631 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 632 // FIXME: Reference? 633 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 634 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 635 636 // C90 6.3.2.2: 637 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 638 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 639 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 640 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 641 // the function call, the declaration 642 // 643 // extern int identifier (); 644 // 645 // appeared. 646 // 647 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 648 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 649 Result.addDecl(D); 650 Result.resolveKind(); 651 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 652 } 653 } 654 655 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 656 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 657 // "struct", or "union". 658 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 659 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 660 break; 661 } 662 663 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 664 // close to this name. 665 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 666 SecondTry = true; 667 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 668 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 669 &SS, *CCC)) { 670 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 671 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 672 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 673 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 674 675 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 676 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 677 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 678 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 679 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 680 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 681 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 682 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 683 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 684 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 685 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 686 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 687 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 688 } 689 690 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 691 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 692 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 693 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 694 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 695 bool droppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 696 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 697 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 698 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << droppedSpecifier 699 << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS.getRange() 700 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 701 CorrectedStr); 702 } 703 704 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 705 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 706 707 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 708 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 709 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 710 711 // Also update the LookupResult... 712 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 713 Result.clear(); 714 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 715 if (FirstDecl) { 716 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 717 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 718 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 719 } 720 721 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 722 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 723 // reference the ivar. 724 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 725 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 726 Result.clear(); 727 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 728 return E; 729 } 730 731 goto Corrected; 732 } 733 } 734 735 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 736 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 737 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 738 739 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 740 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 741 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 742 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 743 744 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 745 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 746 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 747 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 748 // qualified by the keyword typename. 749 // 750 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 751 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 752 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 753 // keyword here. 754 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 755 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 756 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 757 } 758 759 case LookupResult::Found: 760 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 761 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 762 break; 763 764 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 765 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 766 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 767 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 768 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 769 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 770 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 771 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 772 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 773 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 774 // ambiguous. 775 // 776 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 777 // so try again after filtering out template names. 778 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 779 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 780 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 781 break; 782 } 783 } 784 785 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 786 return NameClassification::Error(); 787 } 788 789 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 790 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 791 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 792 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 793 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 794 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 795 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 796 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 797 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 798 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 799 800 if (!Result.empty()) { 801 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 802 TemplateName Template; 803 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 804 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 805 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 806 Result.end()); 807 } else { 808 TemplateDecl *TD 809 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 810 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 811 812 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 813 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 814 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 815 TD); 816 else 817 Template = TemplateName(TD); 818 } 819 820 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 821 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 822 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 823 // to based on which function we selected. 824 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 825 826 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 827 } 828 829 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 830 } 831 } 832 833 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 834 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 835 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 836 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 837 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 838 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 839 return ParsedType::make(T); 840 } 841 842 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 843 if (!Class) { 844 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 845 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 846 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 847 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 848 } 849 850 if (Class) { 851 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 852 853 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 854 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 855 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 856 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 857 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 858 } 859 860 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 861 return ParsedType::make(T); 862 } 863 864 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 865 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 866 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 867 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 868 869 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 870 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 871 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 872 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 873 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 874 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 875 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 876 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 877 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 878 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 879 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 880 return ParsedType::make(T); 881 } 882 883 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 884 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 885 886 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 887 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 888} 889 890// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 891// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 892// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 893DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 894 895 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 896 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 897 // the context we'll need to return to. 898 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 899 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 900 901 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 902 // lexical context. 903 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 904 return DC; 905 906 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 907 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 908 // class is the context we need to return to. 909 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 910 DC = RD; 911 912 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 913 // declared in. 914 return DC; 915 } 916 917 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 918} 919 920void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 921 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 922 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 923 CurContext = DC; 924 S->setEntity(DC); 925} 926 927void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 928 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 929 930 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 931 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 932} 933 934/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 935/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 936/// 937void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 938 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 939 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 940 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 941 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 942 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 943 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 944 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 945 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 946 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 947 // namespace. 948 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 949 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 950 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 951 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 952 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 953 954 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 955 956#ifndef NDEBUG 957 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 958 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 959 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 960#endif 961 962 CurContext = DC; 963 S->setEntity(DC); 964} 965 966void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 967 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 968 969 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 970 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 971 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 972 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 973 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 974 975 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 976 // disappear. 977} 978 979 980void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 981 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 982 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 983 // We assume that the caller has already called 984 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 985 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 986 } 987 if (!FD) 988 return; 989 990 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 991 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 992 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 993 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 994 CurContext = FD; 995 S->setEntity(CurContext); 996 997 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 998 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 999 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1000 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1001 S->AddDecl(Param); 1002 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1003 } 1004 } 1005} 1006 1007 1008void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1009 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1010 // rather than the top-level class. 1011 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1012 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1013 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1014} 1015 1016 1017/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1018/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1019/// 1020/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1021/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1022/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1023/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1024/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1025/// attribute. 1026static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1027 ASTContext &Context) { 1028 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1029 return true; 1030 1031 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1032 return true; 1033 1034 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1035 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1036} 1037 1038/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1039void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1040 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1041 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1042 // scope. 1043 while (S->getEntity() && 1044 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1045 S = S->getParent(); 1046 1047 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1048 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1049 // into any context. 1050 if (AddToContext) 1051 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1052 1053 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1054 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1055 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1056 D->isOutOfLine() && 1057 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1058 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1059 return; 1060 1061 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1062 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1063 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1064 return; 1065 1066 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1067 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1068 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1069 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1070 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1071 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1072 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1073 1074 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1075 break; 1076 } 1077 } 1078 1079 S->AddDecl(D); 1080 1081 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1082 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1083 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1084 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1085 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1086 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1087 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1088 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1089 continue; 1090 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1091 break; 1092 } 1093 1094 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1095 } else { 1096 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1097 } 1098} 1099 1100void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1101 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1102 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1103} 1104 1105bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1106 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1107 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1108 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1109} 1110 1111Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1112 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1113 do { 1114 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1115 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1116 return S; 1117 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1118 1119 return 0; 1120} 1121 1122static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1123 DeclContext*, 1124 ASTContext&); 1125 1126/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1127/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1128void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1129 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1130 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1131 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1132 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1133 while (F.hasNext()) { 1134 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1135 1136 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1137 continue; 1138 1139 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1140 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1141 continue; 1142 1143 F.erase(); 1144 } 1145 1146 F.done(); 1147} 1148 1149static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1150 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1151 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1152 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1153} 1154 1155/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1156static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1157 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1158 while (F.hasNext()) 1159 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1160 F.erase(); 1161 1162 F.done(); 1163} 1164 1165/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1166/// @code 1167/// class S { 1168/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1169/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1170/// }; 1171/// @endcode 1172static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1173 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1174 // the decl here. 1175 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1176 return false; 1177 1178 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1179 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1180 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1181 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1182 return false; 1183} 1184 1185// We need this to handle 1186// 1187// typedef struct { 1188// void *foo() { return 0; } 1189// } A; 1190// 1191// When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1192// for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1193// foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1194// of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1195// Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1196// not. 1197bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1198 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1199 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1200 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1201 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1202 return true; 1203 } 1204 DC = DC->getParent(); 1205 } 1206 1207 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1208} 1209 1210bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1211 assert(D); 1212 1213 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1214 return false; 1215 1216 // Ignore class templates. 1217 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1218 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1219 return false; 1220 1221 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1222 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1223 return false; 1224 1225 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1226 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1227 return false; 1228 } else { 1229 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1230 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1231 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1232 // static template functions. 1233 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1234 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1235 return false; 1236 } 1237 1238 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1239 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1240 return false; 1241 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1242 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1243 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1244 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1245 // intended to be used. 1246 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1247 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1248 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1249 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1250 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1251 return false; 1252 1253 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1254 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1255 return false; 1256 1257 } else { 1258 return false; 1259 } 1260 1261 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1262 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1263} 1264 1265void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1266 if (!D) 1267 return; 1268 1269 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1270 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1271 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1272 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1273 } 1274 1275 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1276 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1277 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1278 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1279 } 1280 1281 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1282 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1283} 1284 1285static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1286 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1290 return false; 1291 1292 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1293 return true; 1294 1295 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1296 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1297 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1298 return false; 1299 1300 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1301 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1302 1303 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1304 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1305 1306 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1307 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1308 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1309 return false; 1310 } 1311 1312 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1313 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1314 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1315 return false; 1316 1317 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1318 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1319 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1320 return false; 1321 1322 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1323 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1324 return false; 1325 1326 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1327 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1328 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1329 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1330 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1331 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1332 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1333 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1334 return false; 1335 } 1336 } 1337 } 1338 } 1339 1340 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1341 } 1342 1343 return true; 1344} 1345 1346static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1347 FixItHint &Hint) { 1348 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1349 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1350 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1351 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1352 return; 1353 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1354 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1355 } 1356 return; 1357} 1358 1359/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1360/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1361void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1362 FixItHint Hint; 1363 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1364 return; 1365 1366 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1367 1368 unsigned DiagID; 1369 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1370 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1371 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1372 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1373 else 1374 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1375 1376 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1377} 1378 1379static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1380 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1381 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1382 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1383 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1384 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1385} 1386 1387void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1388 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1389 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1390 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1391 1392 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1393 I != E; ++I) { 1394 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1395 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1396 1397 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1398 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1399 1400 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1401 1402 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1403 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1404 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1405 1406 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1407 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1408 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1409 1410 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1411 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1412 } 1413} 1414 1415void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1416 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1417} 1418 1419void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1420 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1421 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1422} 1423 1424/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1425/// 1426/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1427/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1428/// to the fixed name. 1429/// 1430/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1431/// 1432/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1433/// if there is no class with the given name. 1434/// 1435/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1436/// class could not be found. 1437ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1438 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1439 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1440 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1441 // creation from this context. 1442 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1443 1444 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1445 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1446 // find an Objective-C class name. 1447 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1448 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1449 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1450 Validator)) { 1451 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1452 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1453 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1454 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1455 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1456 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1457 1458 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1459 } 1460 } 1461 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1462 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1463 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1464 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1465 return Def; 1466} 1467 1468/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1469/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1470/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1471/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1472/// ill-formed in C++: 1473/// @code 1474/// struct S6 { 1475/// enum { BAR } e; 1476/// }; 1477/// 1478/// void test_S6() { 1479/// struct S6 a; 1480/// a.e = BAR; 1481/// } 1482/// @endcode 1483/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1484/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1485/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1486/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1487/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1488/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1489/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1490/// contain non-field names. 1491Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1492 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1493 (S->getEntity() && 1494 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1495 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1496 S = S->getParent(); 1497 return S; 1498} 1499 1500/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1501/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1502/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1503/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1504static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1505 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1506 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1507 return; 1508 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1509 1510 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1511 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1512 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1513 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1514 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1515 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1516} 1517 1518/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1519/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1520/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1521/// built-in. 1522NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1523 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1524 SourceLocation Loc) { 1525 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1526 1527 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1528 1529 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1530 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1531 switch (Error) { 1532 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1533 // Okay 1534 break; 1535 1536 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1537 if (ForRedeclaration) 1538 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1539 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1540 return 0; 1541 1542 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1543 if (ForRedeclaration) 1544 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1545 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1546 return 0; 1547 1548 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1549 if (ForRedeclaration) 1550 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1551 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1552 return 0; 1553 } 1554 1555 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1556 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1557 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1558 << R; 1559 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1560 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1561 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1562 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1563 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1564 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1565 } 1566 1567 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1568 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1569 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1570 SC_Extern, 1571 false, 1572 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1573 New->setImplicit(); 1574 1575 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1576 // FunctionDecl. 1577 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1578 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1579 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1580 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1581 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1582 SourceLocation(), 0, 1583 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1584 SC_None, 0); 1585 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1586 Params.push_back(parm); 1587 } 1588 New->setParams(Params); 1589 } 1590 1591 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1592 1593 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1594 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1595 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1596 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1597 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1598 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1599 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1600 CurContext = SavedContext; 1601 return New; 1602} 1603 1604/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1605/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1606/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1607/// entity. 1608static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1609 NamedDecl *decl, 1610 LookupResult &previous){ 1611 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1612 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1613 return; 1614 1615 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1616 if (previous.empty()) 1617 return; 1618 1619 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1620 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1621 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1622 1623 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1624 if (!old->isHidden()) 1625 continue; 1626 1627 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1628 filter.erase(); 1629 } 1630 1631 filter.done(); 1632} 1633 1634bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1635 QualType OldType; 1636 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1637 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1638 else 1639 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1640 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1641 1642 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1643 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1644 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1645 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1646 << Kind << NewType; 1647 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1648 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1649 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1650 return true; 1651 } 1652 1653 if (OldType != NewType && 1654 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1655 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1656 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1657 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1658 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1659 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1660 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1661 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1662 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1663 return true; 1664 } 1665 return false; 1666} 1667 1668/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1669/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1670/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1671/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1672/// 1673void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1674 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1675 // merging checks. 1676 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1677 1678 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1679 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1680 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1681 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1682 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1683 default: break; 1684 case 2: 1685 { 1686 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1687 break; 1688 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1689 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1690 break; 1691 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1692 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1693 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1694 break; 1695 } 1696 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1697 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1698 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1699 return; 1700 } 1701 case 5: 1702 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1703 break; 1704 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1705 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1706 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1707 return; 1708 case 3: 1709 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1710 break; 1711 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1712 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1713 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1714 return; 1715 } 1716 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1717 } 1718 1719 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1720 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1721 if (!Old) { 1722 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1723 << New->getDeclName(); 1724 1725 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1726 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1727 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1728 1729 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1730 } 1731 1732 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1733 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1734 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1735 1736 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1737 // with any extensions enabled. 1738 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1739 return; 1740 1741 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1742 // declaration was a typedef. 1743 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1744 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1745 1746 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1747 return; 1748 1749 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1750 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1751 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1752 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1753 // to the type to which it already refers. 1754 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1755 return; 1756 1757 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1758 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1759 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1760 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1761 // 1762 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1763 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1764 // 1765 // struct S { 1766 // typedef struct A { } A; 1767 // }; 1768 // 1769 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1770 // allow the above but disallow 1771 // 1772 // struct S { 1773 // typedef int I; 1774 // typedef int I; 1775 // }; 1776 // 1777 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1778 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1779 return; 1780 1781 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1782 << New->getDeclName(); 1783 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1784 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1785 } 1786 1787 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1788 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1789 return; 1790 1791 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1792 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1793 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1794 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1795 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1796 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1797 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1798 return; 1799 1800 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1801 << New->getDeclName(); 1802 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1803 return; 1804} 1805 1806/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1807/// attribute. 1808static bool 1809DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1810 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1811 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1812 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1813 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1814 if (AA) 1815 return false; 1816 1817 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1818 switch (A->getKind()) { 1819 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1820 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1821 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1822 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1823 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1824 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1825 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1826 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1827 case attr::GuardedBy: 1828 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1829 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1830 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1831 return false; 1832 default: 1833 ; 1834 } 1835 1836 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1837 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1838 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1839 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1840 if (Ann) { 1841 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1842 return true; 1843 continue; 1844 } 1845 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1846 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1847 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1848 return true; 1849 } 1850 1851 return false; 1852} 1853 1854static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1855 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1856 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1857 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1858 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1859 return true; 1860} 1861 1862/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1863/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1864/// 1865/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1866static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1867 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1868 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1869 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1870 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1871 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1872 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1873 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1874 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1875 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1876 // in a case like: 1877 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1878 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1879 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1880 // definition in such a case. 1881 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1882 return false; 1883 1884 if (I->isAlignas()) 1885 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1886 1887 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1888 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1889 OldAlign = Align; 1890 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1891 } 1892 } 1893 1894 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1895 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1896 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1897 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1898 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1899 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1900 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1901 return false; 1902 1903 if (I->isAlignas()) 1904 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1905 1906 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1907 if (Align > NewAlign) 1908 NewAlign = Align; 1909 } 1910 1911 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1912 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1913 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1914 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1915 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1916 1917 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1918 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1919 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1920 QualType Ty; 1921 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1922 Ty = VD->getType(); 1923 else 1924 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1925 1926 if (OldAlign == 0) 1927 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1928 if (NewAlign == 0) 1929 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1930 } 1931 1932 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1933 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1934 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1935 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1936 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1937 } 1938 } 1939 1940 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1941 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1942 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1943 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1944 // equivalent alignment. 1945 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1946 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1947 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1948 // have no alignment specifier. 1949 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1950 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1951 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1952 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1953 } 1954 1955 bool AnyAdded = false; 1956 1957 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1958 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1959 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1960 Clone->setInherited(true); 1961 New->addAttr(Clone); 1962 AnyAdded = true; 1963 } 1964 1965 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1966 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1967 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1968 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1969 Clone->setInherited(true); 1970 New->addAttr(Clone); 1971 AnyAdded = true; 1972 } 1973 1974 return AnyAdded; 1975} 1976 1977static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1978 bool Override) { 1979 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1980 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1981 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1982 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1983 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1984 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1985 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1986 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1987 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1988 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1989 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1990 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1991 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1992 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1993 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1994 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1995 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1996 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1997 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1998 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1999 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2000 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2001 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2002 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2003 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2004 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2005 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2006 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2007 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2008 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2009 NewAttr = 0; 2010 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2011 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2012 2013 if (NewAttr) { 2014 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2015 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2016 return true; 2017 } 2018 2019 return false; 2020} 2021 2022static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2023 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2024 return TD->getDefinition(); 2025 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2026 return VD->getDefinition(); 2027 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2028 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2029 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2030 return Def; 2031 } 2032 return NULL; 2033} 2034 2035static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2036 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2037 I != E; ++I) { 2038 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2039 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2040 return true; 2041 } 2042 return false; 2043} 2044 2045/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2046/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2047static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2048 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2049 return; 2050 2051 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2052 if (!Def || Def == New) 2053 return; 2054 2055 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2056 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2057 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2058 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2059 ++I; 2060 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2061 } 2062 2063 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2064 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2065 ++I; 2066 continue; 2067 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2068 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2069 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2070 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2071 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2072 // equivalent alignment. 2073 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2074 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2075 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2076 // have no alignment specifier. 2077 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2078 << AA->isC11(); 2079 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2080 << AA->isC11(); 2081 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2082 --E; 2083 continue; 2084 } 2085 } 2086 2087 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2088 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2089 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2090 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2091 --E; 2092 } 2093} 2094 2095/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2096void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2097 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2098 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2099 return; 2100 2101 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2102 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2103 2104 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2105 return; 2106 2107 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2108 2109 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2110 // we process them. 2111 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2112 2113 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2114 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2115 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2116 i != e; ++i) { 2117 bool Override = false; 2118 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2119 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2120 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2121 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2122 switch (AMK) { 2123 case AMK_None: 2124 continue; 2125 2126 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2127 break; 2128 2129 case AMK_Override: 2130 Override = true; 2131 break; 2132 } 2133 } 2134 2135 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2136 foundAny = true; 2137 } 2138 2139 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2140 foundAny = true; 2141 2142 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2143} 2144 2145/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2146/// to the new one. 2147static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2148 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2149 Sema &S) { 2150 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2151 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2152 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2153 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2154 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2155 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2156 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2157 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2158 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2159 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2160 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2161 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2162 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2163 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2164 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2165 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2166 } 2167 2168 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2169 return; 2170 2171 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2172 2173 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2174 // done before we process them. 2175 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2176 2177 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2178 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2179 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2180 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2181 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2182 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2183 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2184 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2185 foundAny = true; 2186 } 2187 } 2188 2189 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2190} 2191 2192namespace { 2193 2194/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2195/// C. 2196struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2197 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2198 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2199 QualType PromotedType; 2200}; 2201 2202} 2203 2204/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2205Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2206 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2207 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2208 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2209 2210 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2211 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2212 2213 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2214 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2215 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2216 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2217 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2218 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2219 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2220 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2221 } 2222 2223 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2224} 2225 2226/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2227/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2228/// GNU89 mode. 2229static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2230 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2231 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2232 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2233 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2234 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2235} 2236 2237/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2238/// declaration? 2239static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2240 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2241 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2242 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2243 } else { 2244 // Free C function or a static method. 2245 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2246 } 2247 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2248} 2249 2250template <typename T> 2251static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2252 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2253 if (DC->isRecord()) 2254 return false; 2255 2256 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2257 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2258 return true; 2259 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2260 return true; 2261 return false; 2262} 2263 2264/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2265/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2266/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2267/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2268/// 2269/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2270/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2271/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2272/// merged with. 2273/// 2274/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2275bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2276 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2277 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2278 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2279 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2280 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2281 else 2282 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2283 if (!Old) { 2284 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2285 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2286 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2287 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2288 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2289 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2290 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2291 return true; 2292 } 2293 2294 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2295 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2296 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2297 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2298 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2299 return true; 2300 } 2301 2302 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2303 << New->getDeclName(); 2304 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2305 return true; 2306 } 2307 2308 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2309 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2310 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2311 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2312 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2313 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2314 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2315 else 2316 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2317 2318 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2319 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2320 2321 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2322 // is an extern inline function. 2323 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2324 // storage classes. 2325 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2326 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2327 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2328 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2329 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2330 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2331 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2332 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2333 } else { 2334 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2335 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2336 return true; 2337 } 2338 } 2339 2340 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2341 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2342 // calling convention of the first. 2343 // 2344 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2345 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2346 // 2347 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2348 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2349 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2350 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2351 // because it is the default calling convention. 2352 // 2353 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2354 // other tests to run. 2355 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2356 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2357 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2358 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2359 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2360 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2361 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2362 2363 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2364 // there but not here. 2365 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2366 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2367 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2368 2369 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2370 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2371 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2372 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2373 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2374 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2375 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2376 2377 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2378 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2379 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2380 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2381 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2382 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2383 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2384 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2385 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2386 return true; 2387 } 2388 2389 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2390 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2391 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2392 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2393 } 2394 2395 // Merge regparm attribute. 2396 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2397 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2398 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2399 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2400 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2401 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2402 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2403 return true; 2404 } 2405 2406 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2407 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2408 } 2409 2410 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2411 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2412 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2413 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2414 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2415 return true; 2416 } 2417 2418 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2419 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2420 } 2421 2422 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2423 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2424 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2425 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2426 } 2427 2428 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2429 // UndefinedButUsed. 2430 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2431 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2432 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2433 Old->isUsed(false) && 2434 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2435 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2436 SourceLocation())); 2437 2438 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2439 // about it. 2440 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2441 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2442 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2443 } 2444 2445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2446 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2447 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2448 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2449 // cannot be overloaded. 2450 2451 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2452 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??: 2453 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2454 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2455 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2456 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2457 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2458 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2459 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2460 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2461 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2462 QualType ResQT; 2463 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) { 2464 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2465 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2466 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2467 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2468 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2469 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2470 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2471 else 2472 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2473 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2474 return true; 2475 } 2476 else 2477 NewQType = ResQT; 2478 } 2479 2480 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2481 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2482 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2483 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2484 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2485 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2486 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2487 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2488 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2489 SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2490 } 2491 } 2492 2493 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2494 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2495 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2496 // Preserve triviality. 2497 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2498 2499 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2500 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2501 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2502 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2503 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2504 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2505 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2506 2507 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2508 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2509 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2510 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2511 // is a static member function declaration. 2512 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2513 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2514 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2515 return true; 2516 } 2517 2518 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2519 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2520 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2521 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2522 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2523 unsigned NewDiag; 2524 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2525 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2526 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2527 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2528 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2529 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2530 else 2531 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2532 2533 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2534 } else { 2535 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2536 << New << New->getType(); 2537 } 2538 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2539 2540 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2541 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2542 // 2543 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2544 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2545 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2546 if (isFriend) { 2547 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2548 } else { 2549 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2550 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2551 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2552 return true; 2553 } 2554 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2555 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2556 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2557 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2558 return true; 2559 } 2560 } 2561 2562 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2563 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2564 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2565 // attribute. 2566 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2567 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2568 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2569 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2570 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2571 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2572 } 2573 2574 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2575 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2576 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2577 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2578 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2579 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2580 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2581 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2582 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2583 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2584 } 2585 2586 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2587 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2588 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2589 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2590 2591 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2592 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2593 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2594 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2595 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2596 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2597 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2598 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2599 } 2600 2601 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2602 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2603 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2604 return true; 2605 } 2606 2607 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2608 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2609 2610 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2611 } 2612 2613 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2614 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2615 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2616 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2617 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2618 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2619 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2620 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2621 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2622 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2623 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2624 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2625 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2626 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2627 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2628 ParamTypes, 2629 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2630 New->setType(NewQType); 2631 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2632 2633 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2634 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2635 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2636 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2637 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2638 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2639 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2640 SourceLocation(), 2641 SourceLocation(), 0, 2642 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2643 SC_None, 2644 0); 2645 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2646 Param->setImplicit(); 2647 Params.push_back(Param); 2648 } 2649 2650 New->setParams(Params); 2651 } 2652 2653 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2654 } 2655 2656 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2657 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2658 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2659 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2660 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2661 // the prototype. 2662 // 2663 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2664 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2665 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2666 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2667 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2668 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2669 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2670 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2671 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2672 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2673 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2674 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2675 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2676 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2677 2678 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2679 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2680 NewProto->getResultType()); 2681 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2682 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2683 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2684 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2685 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2686 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2687 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2688 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2689 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2690 NewParm->getType(), 2691 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2692 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2693 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2694 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2695 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2696 } else 2697 LooseCompatible = false; 2698 } 2699 2700 if (LooseCompatible) { 2701 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2702 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2703 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2704 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2705 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2706 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2707 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2708 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2709 } 2710 2711 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2712 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2713 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2714 } 2715 2716 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2717 } 2718 2719 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2720 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2721 2722 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2723 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2724 unsigned BuiltinID; 2725 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2726 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2727 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2728 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2729 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2730 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2731 << Old << Old->getType(); 2732 2733 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2734 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2735 // 2736 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2737 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2738 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2739 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2740 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2741 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2742 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2743 2744 return false; 2745 } 2746 2747 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2748 } 2749 2750 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2751 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2752 return true; 2753} 2754 2755/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2756/// known to be compatible. 2757/// 2758/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2759/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2760/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2761/// redeclaration of Old. 2762/// 2763/// \returns false 2764bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2765 Scope *S) { 2766 // Merge the attributes 2767 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2768 2769 // Merge "pure" flag. 2770 if (Old->isPure()) 2771 New->setPure(); 2772 2773 // Merge "used" flag. 2774 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2775 New->setUsed(); 2776 2777 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2778 // declarations. 2779 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2780 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2781 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2782 *this); 2783 2784 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2785 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2786 2787 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2788 // and argument types. 2789 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2790 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2791 New->setType(Merged); 2792 2793 return false; 2794} 2795 2796 2797void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2798 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2799 2800 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2801 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2802 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2803 : AMK_Override; 2804 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2805 2806 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2807 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2808 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2809 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2810 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2811 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2812 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2813 2814 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2815} 2816 2817/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2818/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2819/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2820/// 2821/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2822/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2823/// is attached. 2824void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2825 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2826 return; 2827 2828 QualType MergedT; 2829 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2830 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2831 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2832 return; 2833 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2834 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2835 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2836 } 2837 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2838 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2839 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2840 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2841 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2842 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2843 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2844 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2845 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2846 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2847 NewArray->getElementType())) 2848 MergedT = New->getType(); 2849 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2850 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2851 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2852 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2853 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2854 NewArray->getElementType())) 2855 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2856 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2857 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2858 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2859 Old->getType()); 2860 } 2861 } else { 2862 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2863 } 2864 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2865 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2866 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2867 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2868 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2869 } 2870 2871 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2872 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2873 if (!OldWasHidden) 2874 New->setType(MergedT); 2875} 2876 2877/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2878/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2879/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2880/// 2881/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2882/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2883/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2884/// 2885void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2886 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2887 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2888 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2889 return; 2890 2891 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2892 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2893 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2894 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2895 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2896 << New->getDeclName(); 2897 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2898 diag::note_previous_definition); 2899 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2900 } 2901 2902 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2903 return; 2904 2905 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2906 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2907 // 2908 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2909 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2910 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2911 << New->getIdentifier(); 2912 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2913 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2914 } 2915 2916 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2917 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2918 // declaration 2919 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2920 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2921 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2923 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2924 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2925 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2926 } 2927 2928 // Merge the types. 2929 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2930 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2931 return; 2932 2933 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2934 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2935 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2936 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 2937 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2938 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2939 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2940 } 2941 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2942 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2943 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2944 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2945 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2946 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2947 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2948 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2949 // identifier has external linkage. 2950 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2951 /* Okay */; 2952 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2953 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2954 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2955 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2956 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2957 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2958 } 2959 2960 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2961 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2962 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2963 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2964 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2965 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2966 } 2967 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2968 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2969 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2970 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2971 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2972 } 2973 2974 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2975 2976 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2977 // need to check for mismatches. 2978 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2979 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2980 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2981 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2983 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2984 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2985 } 2986 2987 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2988 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2990 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2991 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 2992 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2993 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2994 } else { 2995 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 2996 // static and dynamic initialization. 2997 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 2998 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 2999 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3000 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3001 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3002 } 3003 } 3004 3005 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3006 const VarDecl *Def; 3007 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3008 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3009 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3010 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 3011 << New->getDeclName(); 3012 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3013 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3014 return; 3015 } 3016 3017 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3018 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3019 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3020 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3021 return; 3022 } 3023 3024 // Merge "used" flag. 3025 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 3026 New->setUsed(); 3027 3028 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3029 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3030 3031 // Inherit access appropriately. 3032 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3033} 3034 3035/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3036/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3037Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3038 DeclSpec &DS) { 3039 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3040} 3041 3042/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3043/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3044/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3045Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3046 DeclSpec &DS, 3047 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3048 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3049 Decl *TagD = 0; 3050 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3051 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3052 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3053 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3054 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3055 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3056 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3057 3058 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3059 return 0; 3060 3061 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3062 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3063 // it's a Type. 3064 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3065 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3066 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3067 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3068 } 3069 3070 if (Tag) { 3071 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 3072 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3073 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3074 return Tag; 3075 } 3076 3077 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3078 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3079 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3080 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3081 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3082 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3083 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3084 } 3085 3086 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3087 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3088 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3089 if (Tag) 3090 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3091 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3092 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3093 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3094 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3095 else 3096 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3097 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3098 return TagD; 3099 } 3100 3101 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3102 3103 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3104 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3105 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3106 if (TagD && !Tag) 3107 return 0; 3108 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3109 } 3110 3111 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3112 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3113 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3114 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3115 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3116 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3117 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3118 // or an explicit specialization. 3119 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3120 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3121 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3122 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3123 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3124 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3125 << SS.getRange(); 3126 return 0; 3127 } 3128 3129 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3130 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3131 3132 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3133 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3134 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3135 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3136 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3137 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3138 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3139 3140 DeclaresAnything = false; 3141 } 3142 } 3143 3144 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3145 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3146 CurContext->isRecord() && 3147 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3148 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3149 // struct STRUCT; 3150 // and 3151 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3152 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3153 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3154 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3155 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3156 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3157 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3158 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3159 } 3160 } 3161 3162 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3163 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3164 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3165 return TagD; 3166 3167 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3168 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3169 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3170 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3171 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3172 DeclaresAnything = false; 3173 3174 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3175 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3176 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3177 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3178 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3179 else 3180 DeclaresAnything = false; 3181 } 3182 3183 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3184 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3185 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3186 << Tag->getTagKind() 3187 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3188 3189 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3190 3191 // C 6.7/2: 3192 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3193 // or the members of an enumeration. 3194 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3195 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3196 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3197 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3198 // previous declaration. 3199 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3200 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3201 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3202 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3203 return TagD; 3204 } 3205 3206 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3207 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3208 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3209 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3210 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3211 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3212 // 3213 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3214 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3215 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3216 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3217 3218 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3219 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3220 // useless. 3221 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3222 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3223 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3224 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3225 3226 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3227 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3228 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3229 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3230 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3231 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3232 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3233 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3234 // Restrict is covered above. 3235 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3236 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3237 } 3238 3239 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3240 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3241 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3242 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3243 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3244 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3245 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3246 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3247 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3248 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3249 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3250 while (attrs) { 3251 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3252 << attrs->getName() 3253 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3254 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3255 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3256 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3257 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3258 } 3259 } 3260 } 3261 3262 return TagD; 3263} 3264 3265/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3266/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3267/// 3268/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3269static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3270 Scope *S, 3271 DeclContext *Owner, 3272 DeclarationName Name, 3273 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3274 unsigned diagnostic) { 3275 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3276 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3277 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3278 3279 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3280 return false; 3281 3282 // Pick a representative declaration. 3283 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3284 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3285 3286 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3287 return false; 3288 3289 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3290 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3291 3292 return true; 3293} 3294 3295/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3296/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3297/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3298/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3299/// struct, e.g., 3300/// 3301/// @code 3302/// union { 3303/// int i; 3304/// float f; 3305/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3306/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3307/// @endcode 3308/// 3309/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3310/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3311static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3312 DeclContext *Owner, 3313 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3314 AccessSpecifier AS, 3315 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3316 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3317 unsigned diagKind 3318 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3319 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3320 3321 bool Invalid = false; 3322 3323 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3324 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3325 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3326 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3327 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3328 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3329 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3330 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3331 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3332 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3333 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3334 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3335 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3336 Invalid = true; 3337 } else { 3338 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3339 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3340 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3341 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3342 // anonymous union is declared. 3343 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3344 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3345 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3346 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3347 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3348 else 3349 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3350 3351 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3352 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3353 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3354 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3355 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3356 3357 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3358 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3359 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3360 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3361 3362 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3363 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3364 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3365 3366 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3367 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3368 3369 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3370 } 3371 } 3372 } 3373 3374 return Invalid; 3375} 3376 3377/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3378/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3379/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3380static StorageClass 3381StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3382 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3383 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3384 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3385 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3386 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3387 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3388 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3389 return SC_None; 3390 return SC_Extern; 3391 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3392 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3393 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3394 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3395 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3396 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3397 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3398 } 3399 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3400} 3401 3402/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3403/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3404/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3405/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3406Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3407 AccessSpecifier AS, 3408 RecordDecl *Record) { 3409 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3410 3411 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3412 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3413 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3414 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3415 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3416 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3417 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3418 3419 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3420 // structs/unions. 3421 bool Invalid = false; 3422 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3423 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3424 unsigned DiagID; 3425 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3426 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3427 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3428 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3429 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3430 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3431 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3432 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3433 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3434 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3435 3436 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3437 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3438 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3439 } 3440 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3441 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3442 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3443 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3444 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3445 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3446 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3447 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3448 3449 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3450 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3451 SourceLocation(), 3452 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3453 } 3454 } 3455 3456 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3457 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3458 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3459 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3460 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3462 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3463 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3464 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3465 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3467 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3468 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3469 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3470 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3471 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3472 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3473 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3474 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3475 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3476 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3477 3478 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3479 } 3480 3481 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3482 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3483 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3484 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3485 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3486 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3487 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3488 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3489 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3490 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3491 // members (clause 11). 3492 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3493 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3494 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3495 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3496 Invalid = true; 3497 } 3498 3499 // C++ [class.union]p1 3500 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3501 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3502 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3503 // array of such objects. 3504 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3505 Invalid = true; 3506 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3507 // Any implicit members are fine. 3508 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3509 // This is a type that showed up in an 3510 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3511 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3512 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3513 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3514 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3515 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3516 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3517 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3518 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3519 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3520 else { 3521 // This is a nested type declaration. 3522 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3523 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3524 Invalid = true; 3525 } 3526 } else { 3527 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3528 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3529 // not part of standard C++. 3530 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3531 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3532 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3533 } 3534 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3535 // Any access specifier is fine. 3536 } else { 3537 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3538 // member. Complain about it. 3539 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3540 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3541 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3542 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3543 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3544 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3545 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3546 3547 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3548 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3549 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3550 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3551 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3552 else { 3553 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3554 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3555 Invalid = true; 3556 } 3557 } 3558 } 3559 } 3560 3561 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3562 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3563 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3564 Invalid = true; 3565 } 3566 3567 // Mock up a declarator. 3568 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3569 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3570 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3571 3572 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3573 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3574 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3575 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3576 DS.getLocStart(), 3577 Record->getLocation(), 3578 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3579 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3580 TInfo, 3581 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3582 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3583 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3584 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3585 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3586 } else { 3587 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3588 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3589 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3590 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3591 // an error here 3592 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3593 Invalid = true; 3594 SC = SC_None; 3595 } 3596 3597 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3598 DS.getLocStart(), 3599 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3600 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3601 TInfo, SC); 3602 3603 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3604 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3605 // initializer: 3606 // union { int n = 0; }; 3607 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3608 } 3609 Anon->setImplicit(); 3610 3611 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3612 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3613 // its members. 3614 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3615 3616 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3617 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3618 // purposes. 3619 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3620 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3621 3622 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3623 Chain, false)) 3624 Invalid = true; 3625 3626 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3627 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3628 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3629 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3630 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3631 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3632 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3633 3634 if (Invalid) 3635 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3636 3637 return Anon; 3638} 3639 3640/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3641/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3642/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3643/// Example: 3644/// 3645/// struct A { int a; }; 3646/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3647/// 3648/// void foo() { 3649/// B var; 3650/// var.a = 3; 3651/// } 3652/// 3653Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3654 RecordDecl *Record) { 3655 3656 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3657 if (!Record) 3658 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3659 3660 // Mock up a declarator. 3661 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3662 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3663 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3664 3665 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3666 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3667 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3668 DS.getLocStart(), 3669 DS.getLocStart(), 3670 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3671 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3672 TInfo, 3673 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3674 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3675 Anon->setImplicit(); 3676 3677 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3678 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3679 3680 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3681 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3682 // purposes. 3683 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3684 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3685 3686 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3687 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3688 RecordDef, AS_none, 3689 Chain, true)) 3690 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3691 3692 return Anon; 3693} 3694 3695/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3696/// given Declarator. 3697DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3698 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3699} 3700 3701/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3702DeclarationNameInfo 3703Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3704 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3705 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3706 3707 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3708 3709 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3710 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3711 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3712 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3713 return NameInfo; 3714 3715 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3716 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3717 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3718 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3719 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3720 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3721 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3722 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3723 return NameInfo; 3724 3725 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3726 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3727 Name.Identifier)); 3728 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3729 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3730 return NameInfo; 3731 3732 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3733 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3734 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3735 if (Ty.isNull()) 3736 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3737 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3738 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3739 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3740 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3741 return NameInfo; 3742 } 3743 3744 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3745 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3746 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3747 if (Ty.isNull()) 3748 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3749 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3750 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3751 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3752 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3753 return NameInfo; 3754 } 3755 3756 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3757 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3758 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3759 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3760 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3761 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3762 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3763 3764 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3765 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3766 3767 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3768 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3769 // was qualified. 3770 3771 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3772 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3773 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3774 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3775 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3776 return NameInfo; 3777 } 3778 3779 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3780 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3781 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3782 if (Ty.isNull()) 3783 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3784 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3785 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3786 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3787 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3788 return NameInfo; 3789 } 3790 3791 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3792 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3793 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3794 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3795 } 3796 3797 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3798 3799 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3800} 3801 3802static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3803 do { 3804 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3805 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3806 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3807 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3808 else 3809 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3810 } while (true); 3811} 3812 3813/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3814/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3815/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3816/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3817/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3818/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3819/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3820static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3821 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3822 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3823 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3824 Params.clear(); 3825 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3826 return false; 3827 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3828 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3829 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3830 3831 // The parameter types are identical 3832 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3833 continue; 3834 3835 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3836 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3837 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3838 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3839 3840 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3841 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3842 Params.push_back(Idx); 3843 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3844 return false; 3845 } 3846 3847 return true; 3848} 3849 3850/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3851/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3852/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3853/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3854/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3855static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3856 DeclarationName Name) { 3857 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3858 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3859 // - types which will become injected class names 3860 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3861 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3862 // few cases here. 3863 3864 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3865 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3866 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3867 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3868 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3869 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3870 // Grab the type from the parser. 3871 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3872 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3873 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3874 3875 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3876 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3877 // attached already. 3878 if (!TSI) 3879 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3880 3881 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3882 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3883 if (!TSI) return true; 3884 3885 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3886 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3887 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3888 break; 3889 } 3890 3891 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3892 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3893 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3894 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3895 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3896 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3897 break; 3898 } 3899 3900 default: 3901 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3902 break; 3903 } 3904 3905 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3906 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3907 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3908 3909 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3910 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3911 // pointer. 3912 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3913 continue; 3914 3915 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3916 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3917 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3918 return true; 3919 } 3920 3921 return false; 3922} 3923 3924Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3925 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3926 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3927 3928 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3929 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3930 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3931 3932 return Dcl; 3933} 3934 3935/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3936/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3937/// name different from T: 3938/// - every static data member of class T; 3939/// - every member function of class T 3940/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3941/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3942bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3943 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3944 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3945 3946 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3947 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3948 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3949 return true; 3950 } 3951 3952 return false; 3953} 3954 3955/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3956/// nested-name-specifier. 3957/// 3958/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3959/// 3960/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3961/// resolves. 3962/// 3963/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3964/// 3965/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3966/// 3967/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3968bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3969 DeclarationName Name, 3970 SourceLocation Loc) { 3971 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3972 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3973 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3974 3975 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3976 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3977 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3978 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3979 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3980 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3981 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3982 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3983 3984 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3985 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3986 // 3987 // class X { 3988 // void X::f(); 3989 // }; 3990 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3991 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3992 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3993 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3994 SS.clear(); 3995 return false; 3996 } 3997 3998 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3999 // declaration. 4000 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4001 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4002 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4003 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4004 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4005 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4006 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4007 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4009 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4010 else 4011 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4012 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4013 4014 return true; 4015 } 4016 4017 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4018 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4019 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4020 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4021 SS.clear(); 4022 4023 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4024 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4025 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4026 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4027 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4028 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4029 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4030 return true; 4031 4032 return false; 4033 } 4034 4035 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4036 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4037 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4038 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4039 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4040 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4041 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4042 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4043 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4044 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4045 4046 return false; 4047} 4048 4049NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4050 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4051 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4052 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4053 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4054 4055 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4056 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4057 if (!Name) { 4058 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4059 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4060 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4061 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4062 return 0; 4063 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4064 return 0; 4065 4066 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4067 // we find one that is. 4068 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4069 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4070 S = S->getParent(); 4071 4072 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4073 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4074 D.setInvalidType(); 4075 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4076 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4077 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4078 return 0; 4079 4080 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4081 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4082 if (!DC) { 4083 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4084 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4085 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4086 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4087 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4088 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4089 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4090 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4091 return 0; 4092 } 4093 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4094 4095 if (!IsDependentContext && 4096 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4097 return 0; 4098 4099 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4100 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4101 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4102 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4103 D.setInvalidType(); 4104 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4105 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4106 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4107 if (DC->isRecord()) 4108 return 0; 4109 4110 D.setInvalidType(); 4111 } 4112 } 4113 4114 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4115 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4116 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4117 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4118 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4119 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4120 D.setInvalidType(); 4121 } 4122 } 4123 4124 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4125 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4126 // Just return early; it's safer. 4127 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4128 return 0; 4129 4130 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4131 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4132 4133 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4134 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4135 D.setInvalidType(); 4136 4137 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4138 ForRedeclaration); 4139 4140 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4141 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4142 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4143 4144 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4145 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4146 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4147 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4148 /* Do nothing*/; 4149 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4150 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4151 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4152 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4153 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4154 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4155 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4156 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4157 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4158 4159 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4160 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4161 4162 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4163 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4164 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4165 4166 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4167 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4168 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4169 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4170 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4171 // thereof; [...] 4172 // 4173 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4174 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4175 // we want to match. For example, given: 4176 // 4177 // class X { 4178 // void f(); 4179 // void f(float); 4180 // }; 4181 // 4182 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4183 // 4184 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4185 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4186 // matches. 4187 4188 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4189 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4190 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4191 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4192 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4193 } 4194 4195 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4196 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4197 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4198 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4199 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4200 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4201 4202 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4203 Previous.clear(); 4204 } 4205 4206 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4207 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4208 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4209 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4210 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4211 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4212 Previous.clear(); 4213 4214 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4215 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4216 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4217 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4218 4219 NamedDecl *New; 4220 4221 bool AddToScope = true; 4222 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4223 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4224 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4225 return 0; 4226 } 4227 4228 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4229 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4230 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4231 TemplateParamLists, 4232 AddToScope); 4233 } else { 4234 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4235 TemplateParamLists); 4236 } 4237 4238 if (New == 0) 4239 return 0; 4240 4241 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4242 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4243 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4244 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4245 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4246 4247 return New; 4248} 4249 4250/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4251/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4252/// GCC compatibility). 4253static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4254 ASTContext &Context, 4255 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4256 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4257 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4258 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4259 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4260 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4261 SizeIsNegative = false; 4262 Oversized = 0; 4263 4264 if (T->isDependentType()) 4265 return QualType(); 4266 4267 QualifierCollector Qs; 4268 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4269 4270 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4271 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4272 QualType FixedType = 4273 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4274 Oversized); 4275 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4276 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4277 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4278 } 4279 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4280 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4281 QualType FixedType = 4282 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4283 Oversized); 4284 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4285 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4286 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4287 } 4288 4289 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4290 if (!VLATy) 4291 return QualType(); 4292 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4293 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4294 return QualType(); 4295 4296 llvm::APSInt Res; 4297 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4298 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4299 return QualType(); 4300 4301 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4302 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4303 SizeIsNegative = true; 4304 return QualType(); 4305 } 4306 4307 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4308 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4309 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4310 Res); 4311 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4312 Oversized = Res; 4313 return QualType(); 4314 } 4315 4316 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4317 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4318} 4319 4320static void 4321FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4322 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4323 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4324 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4325 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4326 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4327 return; 4328 } 4329 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4330 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4331 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4332 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4333 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4334 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4335 return; 4336 } 4337 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4338 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4339 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4340 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4341 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4342 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4343 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4344 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4345} 4346 4347/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4348/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4349/// GCC compatibility). 4350static TypeSourceInfo* 4351TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4352 ASTContext &Context, 4353 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4354 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4355 QualType FixedTy 4356 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4357 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4358 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4359 return 0; 4360 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4361 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4362 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4363 return FixedTInfo; 4364} 4365 4366/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4367/// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4368/// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4369/// function-scope declarations. 4370void 4371Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4372 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4373 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4374 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4375 return; 4376 4377 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4378 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4379 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4380 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4381} 4382 4383NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4384 if (ExternalSource) { 4385 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4386 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4387 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4388 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4389 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4390 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4391 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4392 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4393 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4394 } 4395 } 4396 4397 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4398 return D ? cast<NamedDecl>(D->getMostRecentDecl()) : 0; 4399} 4400 4401/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4402/// does not identify a function. 4403void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4404 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4405 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4406 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4407 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4408 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4409 4410 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4411 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4412 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4413 4414 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4415 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4416 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4417 4418 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4419 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4420 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4421} 4422 4423NamedDecl* 4424Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4425 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4426 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4427 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4428 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4429 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4430 D.setInvalidType(); 4431 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4432 DC = CurContext; 4433 Previous.clear(); 4434 } 4435 4436 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4437 4438 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4439 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4440 << 1; 4441 4442 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4443 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4444 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4445 return 0; 4446 } 4447 4448 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4449 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4450 4451 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4452 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4453 4454 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4455 4456 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4457 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4458 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4459 return ND; 4460} 4461 4462void 4463Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4464 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4465 // then it shall have block scope. 4466 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4467 // that redeclarations will match. 4468 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4469 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4470 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4471 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4472 4473 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4474 bool SizeIsNegative; 4475 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4476 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4477 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4478 SizeIsNegative, 4479 Oversized); 4480 if (FixedTInfo) { 4481 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4482 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4483 } else { 4484 if (SizeIsNegative) 4485 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4486 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4487 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4488 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4489 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4490 << Oversized.toString(10); 4491 else 4492 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4493 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4494 } 4495 } 4496 } 4497} 4498 4499 4500/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4501/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4502/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4503NamedDecl* 4504Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4505 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4506 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4507 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4508 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4509 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4510 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4511 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4512 Redeclaration = true; 4513 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4514 } 4515 4516 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4517 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4518 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4519 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4520 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4521 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4522 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4523 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4524 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4525 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4526 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4527 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4528 } 4529 4530 return NewTD; 4531} 4532 4533/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4534/// previous declaration. 4535/// 4536/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4537/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4538/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4539/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4540/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4541/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4542/// 4543/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4544/// lookup 4545/// 4546/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4547/// declared. 4548/// 4549/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4550/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4551static bool 4552isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4553 ASTContext &Context) { 4554 if (!PrevDecl) 4555 return false; 4556 4557 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4558 return false; 4559 4560 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4561 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4562 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4563 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4564 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4565 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4566 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4567 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4568 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4569 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4570 return false; 4571 4572 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4573 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4574 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4575 return false; 4576 4577 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4578 // previous declarations. 4579 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4580 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4581 4582 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4583 // isn't the same function. 4584 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4585 return false; 4586 } 4587 4588 return true; 4589} 4590 4591static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4592 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4593 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4594 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4595} 4596 4597bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4598 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4599 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4600 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4601 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4602 unsigned kind = -1U; 4603 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4604 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4605 kind = 0; // __block 4606 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4607 kind = 1; // global 4608 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4609 kind = 3; // ivar 4610 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4611 kind = 2; // field 4612 } 4613 4614 if (kind != -1U) { 4615 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4616 << kind; 4617 } 4618 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4619 // Try to infer lifetime. 4620 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4621 return false; 4622 4623 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4624 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4625 decl->setType(type); 4626 } 4627 4628 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4629 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4630 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4631 var->getTLSKind()) { 4632 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4633 << var->getType(); 4634 return true; 4635 } 4636 } 4637 4638 return false; 4639} 4640 4641static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4642 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4643 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4644 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4645 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4646 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4647 } 4648 } 4649 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4650 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4651 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4652 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4653 } 4654 } 4655 4656 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4657 // It does not apply to functions. 4658 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4659 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4660 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4661 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4662 } 4663 } 4664} 4665 4666/// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4667/// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4668/// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4669static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4670 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4671 4672 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4673 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4674 4675 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4676 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4677 return false; 4678 4679 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4680 4681#ifndef NDEBUG 4682 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4683 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4684 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4685 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4686 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4687#endif 4688 4689 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4690 4691#ifndef NDEBUG 4692 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4693#endif 4694 4695 return isC99Inline; 4696} 4697 4698/// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4699/// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4700/// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4701/// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4702/// 4703/// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4704/// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4705/// 4706/// For instance: 4707/// 4708/// auto x = []{}; 4709/// 4710/// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4711/// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4712/// 4713/// FIXME: This is a hack. 4714template<typename T> 4715static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4716 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4717 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4718 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4719 return false; 4720 } 4721 return D->isExternC(); 4722} 4723 4724static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4725 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4726 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4727 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4728 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4729 return true; 4730 if (DC->isRecord()) 4731 return false; 4732 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4733} 4734 4735static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4736 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4737 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4738 return true; 4739 if (DC->isRecord()) 4740 return false; 4741 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4742} 4743 4744NamedDecl* 4745Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4746 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4747 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4748 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4749 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4750 4751 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4752 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4753 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4754 4755 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4756 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4757 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4758 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4759 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4760 D.setInvalidType(); 4761 } 4762 } 4763 4764 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4765 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4766 // an error here 4767 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4768 D.setInvalidType(); 4769 SC = SC_None; 4770 } 4771 4772 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 4773 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 4774 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 4775 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 4776 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 4777 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 4778 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4779 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 4780 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4781 } 4782 4783 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4784 if (!II) { 4785 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4786 << Name; 4787 return 0; 4788 } 4789 4790 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4791 4792 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4793 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4794 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4795 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4796 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4797 // is a GNU extension. 4798 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4799 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4800 else 4801 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4802 D.setInvalidType(); 4803 } 4804 } 4805 4806 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4807 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4808 // OpenCL __local address space. 4809 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4810 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4811 } 4812 4813 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4814 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4815 // space qualifiers. 4816 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4817 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4818 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4819 } 4820 4821 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4822 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4823 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4824 // address space qualifiers. 4825 if (R->isEventT()) { 4826 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4827 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4828 D.setInvalidType(); 4829 } 4830 4831 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4832 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4833 D.setInvalidType(); 4834 } 4835 } 4836 } 4837 4838 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4839 VarDecl *NewVD; 4840 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4841 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4842 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4843 R, TInfo, SC); 4844 4845 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4846 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4847 } else { 4848 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4849 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4850 switch (SC) { 4851 case SC_None: 4852 break; 4853 case SC_Static: 4854 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4855 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4856 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4857 break; 4858 case SC_Auto: 4859 case SC_Register: 4860 case SC_Extern: 4861 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 4862 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 4863 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 4864 // of class members 4865 4866 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4867 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 4868 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4869 break; 4870 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4871 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 4872 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4873 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 4874 } 4875 } 4876 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4877 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4878 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4879 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4880 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4881 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4882 4883 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4884 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4885 if (RD->isUnion()) 4886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4887 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4888 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4889 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4890 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4891 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4892 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4893 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4894 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4895 } 4896 } 4897 4898 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4899 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4900 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4901 bool Invalid = false; 4902 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4903 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4904 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4905 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4906 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4907 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4908 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4909 /*never a friend*/ false, 4910 isExplicitSpecialization, 4911 Invalid)) { 4912 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4913 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4914 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4915 << II 4916 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4917 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4918 return 0; 4919 } else { 4920 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4921 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4922 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4923 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4924 << II 4925 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4926 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4927 } 4928 } 4929 4930 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4931 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4932 R, TInfo, SC); 4933 4934 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4935 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4936 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 4937 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4938 4939 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4940 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4941 4942 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4943 4944 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4945 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4946 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4947 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4948 } 4949 4950 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4951 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4952 } 4953 4954 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4955 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4956 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4957 4958 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 4959 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 4960 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 4961 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 4962 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 4963 // explicitly. 4964 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 4965 // 'extern'. 4966 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4967 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 4968 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4969 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4970 else 4971 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4972 diag::err_thread_non_global) 4973 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4974 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4975 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4976 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4977 else 4978 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4979 } 4980 4981 // C99 6.7.4p3 4982 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 4983 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 4984 // thread storage duration... 4985 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 4986 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 4987 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 4988 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 4989 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 4990 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4991 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 4992 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 4993 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 4994 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4995 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 4996 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 4997 } 4998 } 4999 5000 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5001 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 5002 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5003 << 2 5004 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5005 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5006 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5007 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5008 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5009 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5010 else 5011 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5012 } 5013 5014 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5015 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5016 5017 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5018 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5019 5020 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5021 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5022 // storage [duration]." 5023 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5024 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5025 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5026 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5027 } 5028 } 5029 5030 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5031 // retainable type. 5032 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5033 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5034 5035 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5036 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5037 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5038 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5039 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5040 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5041 switch (SC) { 5042 case SC_None: 5043 case SC_Auto: 5044 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5045 break; 5046 case SC_Register: 5047 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5048 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5049 break; 5050 case SC_Static: 5051 case SC_Extern: 5052 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5053 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5054 break; 5055 } 5056 } 5057 5058 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5059 Context, Label)); 5060 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5061 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5062 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5063 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5064 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5065 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5066 } 5067 } 5068 5069 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5070 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 5071 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5072 5073 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5074 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5075 // declaration has linkage). 5076 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5077 isExplicitSpecialization); 5078 5079 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5080 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5081 } else { 5082 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5083 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5084 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5085 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5086 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5087 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5088 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5089 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5090 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5091 Previous.clear(); 5092 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5093 } 5094 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5095 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5096 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5097 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5098 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5099 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5100 } 5101 5102 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5103 5104 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5105 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5106 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5107 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5108 } 5109 5110 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5111 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5112 5113 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5114 // the map of such variables. 5115 if (!NewVD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5116 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5117 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5118 5119 return NewVD; 5120} 5121 5122/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5123/// -Wshadow. 5124/// 5125/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5126/// scope. 5127/// 5128/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5129/// \param R the lookup of the name 5130/// 5131void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5132 // Return if warning is ignored. 5133 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5134 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5135 return; 5136 5137 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5138 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5139 return; 5140 5141 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5142 5143 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5144 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5145 return; 5146 5147 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5148 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5149 return; 5150 5151 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5152 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5153 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5154 if (MD->isStatic()) 5155 return; 5156 5157 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5158 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5159 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5160 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5161 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5162 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5163 I != E; ++I) 5164 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5165 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5166 break; 5167 } 5168 } 5169 5170 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5171 5172 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5173 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5174 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5175 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5176 return; 5177 5178 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5179 // static data members from base classes? 5180 5181 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5182 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5183 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5184 } 5185 5186 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5187 unsigned Kind; 5188 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5189 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5190 Kind = 3; // field 5191 else 5192 Kind = 2; // static data member 5193 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5194 Kind = 1; // global 5195 else 5196 Kind = 0; // local 5197 5198 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5199 5200 // Emit warning and note. 5201 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5202 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5203} 5204 5205/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5206void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5207 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5208 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5209 return; 5210 5211 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5212 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5213 LookupName(R, S); 5214 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5215} 5216 5217/// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5218/// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5219template<typename T> 5220static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5221 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5222 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5223 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5224 5225 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5226 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5227 // declaration. 5228 return false; 5229 } 5230 5231 if (Prev) { 5232 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5233 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5234 // redeclaration. 5235 Previous.clear(); 5236 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5237 return true; 5238 } 5239 5240 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5241 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5242 // declaration. 5243 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5244 return false; 5245 } else { 5246 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5247 // translation unit which might conflict. 5248 if (IsGlobal) { 5249 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5250 IsGlobal = false; 5251 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5252 I != E; ++I) { 5253 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5254 Prev = *I; 5255 break; 5256 } 5257 } 5258 } else { 5259 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5260 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5261 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5262 I != E; ++I) { 5263 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5264 Prev = *I; 5265 break; 5266 } 5267 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5268 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5269 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5270 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5271 // diagnostic. 5272 } 5273 } 5274 5275 if (!Prev) 5276 return false; 5277 } 5278 5279 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5280 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5281 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5282 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5283 Prev = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 5284 else 5285 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDeclaration(); 5286 5287 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5288 << IsGlobal << ND; 5289 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5290 << IsGlobal; 5291 return false; 5292} 5293 5294/// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5295/// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5296/// 5297/// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5298/// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5299/// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5300/// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5301/// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5302template<typename T> 5303static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5304 LookupResult &Previous) { 5305 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5306 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5307 // variable declared in function scope. 5308 // 5309 // FIXME: The corresponding case in C++ does not work. We should instead 5310 // set the semantic DC for an extern local variable to be the innermost 5311 // enclosing namespace, and ensure they are only found by redeclaration 5312 // lookup. 5313 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5314 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5315 Previous.clear(); 5316 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5317 return true; 5318 } 5319 } 5320 return false; 5321 } 5322 5323 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5324 // declaration. 5325 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5326 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5327 5328 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5329 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5330 // in another scope. 5331 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5332 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5333 5334 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5335 return false; 5336} 5337 5338void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5339 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5340 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5341 return; 5342 5343 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5344 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5345 5346 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5347 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5348 return; 5349 5350 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5351 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5352 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5353 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5354 NewVD->setType(T); 5355 } 5356 5357 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5358 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5359 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5360 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5361 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5362 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5363 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5364 return; 5365 } 5366 5367 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5368 // __constant address space. 5369 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5370 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5371 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5372 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5373 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5374 return; 5375 } 5376 5377 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5378 // scope. 5379 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5380 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5381 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5382 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5383 return; 5384 } 5385 5386 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5387 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5388 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5389 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5390 else { 5391 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5392 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5393 } 5394 } 5395 5396 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5397 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5398 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5399 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5400 5401 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5402 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5403 bool SizeIsNegative; 5404 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5405 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5406 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5407 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5408 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5409 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5410 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5411 // int a[10][n]; 5412 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5413 5414 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5415 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5416 << SizeRange; 5417 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5418 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5419 << SizeRange; 5420 else 5421 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5422 << SizeRange; 5423 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5424 return; 5425 } 5426 5427 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5428 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5429 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5430 else 5431 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5432 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5433 return; 5434 } 5435 5436 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5437 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5438 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5439 } 5440 5441 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5442 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5443 // of objects and functions. 5444 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5445 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5446 << T; 5447 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5448 return; 5449 } 5450 } 5451 5452 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5453 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5454 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5455 return; 5456 } 5457 5458 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5459 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5460 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5461 return; 5462 } 5463 5464 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5465 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5466 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5467 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5468 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5469 return; 5470 } 5471} 5472 5473/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5474/// declaration. 5475/// 5476/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5477/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5478/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5479/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5480/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5481/// 5482/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5483/// 5484/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5485bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5486 LookupResult &Previous) { 5487 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5488 5489 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5490 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5491 return false; 5492 5493 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5494 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5495 // 5496 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5497 // The actual standards text here is: 5498 // 5499 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5500 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5501 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5502 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5503 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5504 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5505 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5506 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5507 // 5508 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5509 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5510 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5511 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5512 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5513 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5514 // 5515 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5516 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5517 // not in scope. 5518 bool PreviousWasHidden = 5519 Previous.empty() && 5520 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous); 5521 5522 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5523 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5524 5525 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5526 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5527 return true; 5528 } 5529 return false; 5530} 5531 5532/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5533struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5534 Sema *S; 5535 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5536}; 5537 5538/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5539/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5540/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5541static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5542 CXXBasePath &Path, 5543 void *UserData) { 5544 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5545 5546 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5547 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5548 5549 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5550 5551 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5552 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5553 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5554 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5555 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5556 5557 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5558 } 5559 5560 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5561 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5562 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5563 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5564 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5565 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5566 return true; 5567 } 5568 } 5569 5570 return false; 5571} 5572 5573namespace { 5574 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5575} 5576/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5577/// overriden methods. 5578/// 5579/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5580/// \param MD the overriding method. 5581/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5582static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5583 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5584 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5585 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5586 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5587 I != E; ++I) { 5588 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5589 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5590 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5591 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5592 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5593 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5594 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5595 } 5596} 5597 5598/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5599/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5600bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5601 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5602 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5603 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5604 Data.Method = MD; 5605 Data.S = this; 5606 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5607 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5608 bool AddedAny = false; 5609 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5610 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5611 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5612 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5613 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5614 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5615 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5616 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5617 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5618 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5619 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5620 AddedAny = true; 5621 } 5622 } 5623 } 5624 } 5625 5626 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5627 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5628 } 5629 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5630 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5631 } 5632 5633 return AddedAny; 5634} 5635 5636namespace { 5637 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5638 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5639 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5640 Scope *S; 5641 Declarator &D; 5642 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5643 bool AddToScope; 5644 }; 5645} 5646 5647namespace { 5648 5649// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5650// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5651class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5652 public: 5653 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5654 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5655 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5656 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5657 5658 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5659 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5660 return false; 5661 5662 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5663 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5664 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5665 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5666 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5667 5668 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5669 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5670 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5671 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5672 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5673 return true; 5674 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5675 return true; 5676 } 5677 } 5678 } 5679 5680 return false; 5681 } 5682 5683 private: 5684 ASTContext &Context; 5685 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5686 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5687}; 5688 5689} 5690 5691/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5692/// 5693/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5694/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5695/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5696/// the same name. 5697/// 5698/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5699/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5700static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5701 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5702 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5703 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5704 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5705 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5706 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5707 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5708 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5709 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5710 TypoCorrection Correction; 5711 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5712 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5713 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5714 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5715 5716 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5717 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5718 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5719 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5720 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5721 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5722 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5723 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5724 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5725 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5726 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5727 if (FD && 5728 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5729 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5730 // involve a parameter 5731 unsigned ParamNum = 5732 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5733 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5734 } 5735 } 5736 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5737 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5738 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5739 Validator, NewDC))) { 5740 // Trap errors. 5741 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5742 5743 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5744 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5745 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5746 Previous.clear(); 5747 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5748 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5749 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5750 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5751 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5752 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5753 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5754 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5755 } 5756 } 5757 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5758 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5759 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5760 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5761 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5762 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5763 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5764 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5765 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5766 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5767 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5768 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5769 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5770 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5771 Previous.clear(); 5772 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5773 Result = NULL; 5774 } else { 5775 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5776 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5777 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5778 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5779 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5780 } 5781 } 5782 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5783 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5784 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5785 } else { 5786 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5787 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5788 } 5789 } 5790 5791 if (Correction) { 5792 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5793 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5794 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5795 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5796 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5797 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5798 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5799 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5800 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5801 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5802 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5803 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5804 } else { 5805 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5806 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5807 } 5808 5809 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5810 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5811 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5812 5813 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>>::iterator 5814 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5815 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5816 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5817 bool FDisConst = false; 5818 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5819 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5820 5821 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5822 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5823 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5824 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5825 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5826 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5827 } else if (Correction) { 5828 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5829 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5830 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5831 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5832 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5833 } else 5834 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5835 } 5836 return Result; 5837} 5838 5839static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5840 Declarator &D) { 5841 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5842 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5843 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5844 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5845 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5846 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5847 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5848 D.setInvalidType(); 5849 break; 5850 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5851 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5852 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5853 return SC_None; 5854 return SC_Extern; 5855 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5856 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5857 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5858 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5859 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5860 // other than extern 5861 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5862 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5863 diag::err_static_block_func); 5864 break; 5865 } else 5866 return SC_Static; 5867 } 5868 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5869 } 5870 5871 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5872 return SC_None; 5873} 5874 5875static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5876 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5877 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5878 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5879 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5880 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5881 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5882 5883 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5884 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5885 5886 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5887 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5888 // prototype. This true when: 5889 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5890 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5891 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5892 bool HasPrototype = 5893 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5894 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5895 5896 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5897 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5898 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5899 HasPrototype, false); 5900 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5901 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5902 5903 // Set the lexical context. 5904 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5905 5906 return NewFD; 5907 } 5908 5909 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5910 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5911 5912 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5913 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5914 // the class has been completely parsed. 5915 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5916 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5917 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5918 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5919 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5920 D.setInvalidType(); 5921 5922 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5923 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5924 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5925 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5926 5927 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5928 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5929 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5930 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5931 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5932 isConstexpr); 5933 5934 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5935 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5936 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5937 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5938 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5939 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5940 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5941 D.getLocStart(), 5942 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5943 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5944 5945 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5946 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5947 // it yet. 5948 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5949 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5950 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5951 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5952 } 5953 5954 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 5955 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 5956 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 5957 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 5958 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() && 5959 !Record->isBeingDefined()) { 5960 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD); 5961 } 5962 5963 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5964 return NewDD; 5965 5966 } else { 5967 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5968 D.setInvalidType(); 5969 5970 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5971 // code path. 5972 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5973 D.getLocStart(), 5974 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5975 SC, isInline, 5976 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5977 } 5978 5979 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5980 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5981 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5982 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5983 return 0; 5984 } 5985 5986 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5987 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5988 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5989 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5990 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5991 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5992 5993 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5994 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5995 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5996 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5997 // constructor if it has no return type). 5998 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5999 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6000 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6001 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6002 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6003 return 0; 6004 } 6005 6006 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6007 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6008 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6009 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6010 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6011 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6012 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6013 return Ret; 6014 } else { 6015 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6016 // prototype. This true when: 6017 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6018 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6019 D.getLocStart(), 6020 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6021 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6022 } 6023} 6024 6025void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 6026 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 6027 // typedef of void is not permitted. 6028 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6029 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 6030 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 6031 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 6032 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 6033 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 6034 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 6035 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 6036 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 6037 << IsTypeAlias; 6038 } 6039} 6040 6041NamedDecl* 6042Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6043 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6044 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6045 bool &AddToScope) { 6046 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6047 6048 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6049 6050 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6051 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6052 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6053 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6054 6055 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6056 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6057 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6058 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6059 6060 bool isFriend = false; 6061 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6062 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6063 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6064 6065 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6066 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6067 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6068 6069 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6070 6071 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6072 isVirtualOkay); 6073 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6074 6075 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6076 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6077 6078 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6079 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6080 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6081 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6082 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6083 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6084 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6085 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6086 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6087 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6088 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6089 } 6090 6091 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6092 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6093 // return true). 6094 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6095 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6096 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6097 NewFD->setPure(true); 6098 } 6099 6100 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6101 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6102 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6103 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6104 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6105 6106 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 6107 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 6108 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6109 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6110 6111 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6112 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6113 bool Invalid = false; 6114 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6115 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6116 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6117 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6118 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6119 TemplateParamLists.data(), 6120 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6121 isFriend, 6122 isExplicitSpecialization, 6123 Invalid)) { 6124 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6125 // This is a function template 6126 6127 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6128 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6129 return 0; 6130 6131 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6132 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6133 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6134 return 0; 6135 } 6136 6137 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6138 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6139 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6140 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6141 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6142 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6143 Invalid = true; 6144 } 6145 6146 6147 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6148 NewFD->getLocation(), 6149 Name, TemplateParams, 6150 NewFD); 6151 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6152 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6153 6154 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6155 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6156 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6157 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6158 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6159 } 6160 } else { 6161 // This is a function template specialization. 6162 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6163 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6164 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6165 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6166 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6167 6168 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6169 if (isFriend) { 6170 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6171 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6172 6173 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6174 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6175 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6176 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6177 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6178 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6179 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6180 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6181 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6182 } 6183 6184 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6185 << Name << RemoveRange 6186 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6187 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6188 } 6189 } 6190 } 6191 else { 6192 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6193 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6194 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6195 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6196 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6197 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6198 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6199 } 6200 6201 if (Invalid) { 6202 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6203 if (FunctionTemplate) 6204 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6205 } 6206 6207 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6208 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6209 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6210 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6211 // 6212 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6213 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6214 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6215 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6216 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6217 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6218 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6219 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6220 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6221 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6222 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6223 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6224 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6225 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6226 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6227 } else { 6228 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6229 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6230 } 6231 6232 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6233 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6234 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6235 } 6236 6237 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6238 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6239 // declaration. 6240 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6241 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6242 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6243 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6244 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6245 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6246 } 6247 } 6248 6249 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6250 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6251 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6252 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6253 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6254 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6255 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6256 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6257 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6258 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6259 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6260 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6261 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6262 // or conversion function. 6263 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6264 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6265 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6266 } 6267 } 6268 6269 if (isConstexpr) { 6270 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6271 // are implicitly inline. 6272 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6273 6274 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6275 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6276 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6277 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6278 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6279 } 6280 6281 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6282 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6283 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6284 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6285 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6286 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6287 << 0 6288 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6289 } else { 6290 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6291 if (FunctionTemplate) 6292 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6293 } 6294 } 6295 6296 if (isFriend) { 6297 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 6298 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6299 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6300 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6301 } 6302 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6303 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6304 } 6305 6306 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6307 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6308 case FDK_Declaration: 6309 case FDK_Definition: 6310 break; 6311 6312 case FDK_Defaulted: 6313 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6314 break; 6315 6316 case FDK_Deleted: 6317 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6318 break; 6319 } 6320 6321 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6322 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6323 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6324 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6325 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6326 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6327 } 6328 6329 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6330 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6331 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6332 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6333 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6334 // the class. 6335 6336 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6337 // member function definition. 6338 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6339 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6340 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6341 } 6342 6343 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6344 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6345 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6346 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6347 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6348 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6349 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6350 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6351 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6352 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6353 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6354 } 6355 } 6356 6357 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6358 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6359 isExplicitSpecialization || 6360 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6361 6362 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6363 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6364 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6365 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6366 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6367 SE->getString())); 6368 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6369 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6370 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6371 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6372 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6373 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6374 } 6375 } 6376 6377 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6378 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6379 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6380 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6381 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6382 6383 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6384 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6385 // single void argument. 6386 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6387 // already checks for that case. 6388 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6389 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6390 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6391 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6392 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6393 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6394 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6395 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6396 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6397 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6398 Params.push_back(Param); 6399 6400 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6401 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6402 } 6403 } 6404 6405 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6406 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6407 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6408 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6409 // 6410 // @code 6411 // typedef void fn(int); 6412 // fn f; 6413 // @endcode 6414 6415 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6416 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6417 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6418 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6419 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6420 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6421 Params.push_back(Param); 6422 } 6423 } else { 6424 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6425 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6426 } 6427 6428 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6429 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6430 6431 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6432 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6433 // 6434 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6435 // 6436 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6437 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6438 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6439 6440 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6441 NewFD->addAttr( 6442 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6443 Context)); 6444 6445 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6446 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6447 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6448 6449 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6450 // because all functions have linkage. 6451 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6452 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6453 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6454 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6455 } 6456 6457 // Handle attributes. 6458 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6459 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6460 6461 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6462 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6463 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6464 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6465 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6466 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6467 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6468 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6469 Context)); 6470 } 6471 } 6472 6473 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6474 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6475 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6476 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6477 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6478 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6479 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6480 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6481 } 6482 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6483 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6484 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6485 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6486 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6487 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6488 } else { 6489 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6490 // argument list into our AST format. 6491 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6492 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6493 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6494 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6495 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6496 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6497 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6498 TemplateArgs); 6499 6500 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6501 6502 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6503 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6504 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6505 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6506 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6507 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6508 6509 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6510 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6511 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6512 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6513 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6514 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6515 // too few of them). 6516 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6517 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6518 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6519 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6520 "template<> "); 6521 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6522 } else { 6523 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6524 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6525 } 6526 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6527 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6528 // wrote something like: 6529 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6530 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6531 // friend void foo<>(int); 6532 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6533 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6534 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6535 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6536 } 6537 6538 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6539 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6540 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6541 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6542 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6543 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6544 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6545 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6546 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6547 InstantiationDependent))) { 6548 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6549 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6550 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6551 Previous)) 6552 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6553 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6554 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6555 && !isFriend) { 6556 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6557 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6558 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6559 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6560 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6561 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6562 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6563 Previous)) 6564 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6565 6566 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6567 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6568 // specialization (14.7.3) 6569 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 6570 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 6571 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 6572 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6573 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6574 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6575 << SC 6576 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6577 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6578 6579 else 6580 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6581 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6582 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6583 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6584 } 6585 6586 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6587 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6588 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6589 } 6590 6591 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6592 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6593 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6594 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6595 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6596 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6597 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6598 } else { 6599 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6600 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6601 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6602 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6603 } 6604 } 6605 6606 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6607 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6608 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6609 6610 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6611 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6612 : NewFD); 6613 6614 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6615 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6616 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6617 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6618 6619 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6620 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6621 6622 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6623 } 6624 6625 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6626 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6627 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6628 6629 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6630 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6631 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6632 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6633 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6634 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6635 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6636 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6637 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6638 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6639 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6640 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6641 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6642 DC->isDependentContext()) 6643 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6644 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6645 } 6646 6647 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6648 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6649 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6650 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6651 AddToScope }; 6652 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6653 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6654 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6655 6656 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6657 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6658 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6659 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6660 6661 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6662 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6663 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6664 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6665 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6666 // can actually do this check immediately. 6667 if (isFriend && 6668 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6669 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6670 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6671 // ignore these 6672 } else { 6673 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6674 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6675 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6676 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6677 // 6678 // class X { 6679 // void f() const; 6680 // }; 6681 // 6682 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6683 // 6684 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6685 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6686 // whether the parameter types are references). 6687 6688 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6689 NewFD, 6690 ExtraArgs)) { 6691 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6692 return Result; 6693 } 6694 } 6695 6696 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6697 // to something. 6698 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6699 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6700 NewFD, 6701 ExtraArgs)) { 6702 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6703 return Result; 6704 } 6705 } 6706 6707 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6708 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6709 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6710 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6711 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6712 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6713 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6714 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6715 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6716 // generate them. 6717 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6718 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6719 } 6720 } 6721 6722 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6723 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6724 6725 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6726 6727 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6728 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6729 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6730 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6731 << NewFD; 6732 6733 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6734 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6735 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6736 EPI.Variadic = true; 6737 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6738 6739 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 6740 NewFD->setType(R); 6741 } 6742 6743 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6744 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6745 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 6746 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6747 6748 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6749 // marking the function. 6750 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6751 6752 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6753 // the map of such variables. 6754 if (!NewFD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6755 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 6756 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 6757 6758 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6759 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6760 6761 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6762 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6763 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6764 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6765 return FunctionTemplate; 6766 } 6767 } 6768 6769 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6770 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6771 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6772 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6773 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6774 D.setInvalidType(); 6775 } 6776 6777 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6778 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6779 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6780 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6781 D.setInvalidType(); 6782 } 6783 6784 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6785 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6786 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6787 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6788 6789 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6790 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6791 // pointer to a pointer type. 6792 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6793 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6794 D.setInvalidType(); 6795 } 6796 6797 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6798 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6799 // of event_t type. 6800 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6801 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6802 D.setInvalidType(); 6803 } 6804 } 6805 } 6806 6807 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6808 6809 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6810 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6811 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6812 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6813 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6814 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6815 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6816 6817 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6818 } 6819 } 6820 6821 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6822 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6823 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6824 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6825 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6826 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6827 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6828 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6829 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6830 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6831 AddToScope = false; 6832 } 6833 6834 return NewFD; 6835} 6836 6837/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6838/// 6839/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6840/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6841/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6842/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6843/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6844/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6845/// via InstantiateDecl). 6846/// 6847/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6848/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6849/// 6850/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6851/// 6852/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6853bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6854 LookupResult &Previous, 6855 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6856 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6857 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6858 6859 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6860 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6861 6862 bool Redeclaration = false; 6863 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6864 6865 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6866 // the same name, if appropriate. 6867 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6868 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6869 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6870 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6871 // function to the scope. 6872 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6873 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6874 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 6875 Redeclaration = true; 6876 OldDecl = Candidate; 6877 } 6878 } else { 6879 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6880 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6881 case Ovl_Match: 6882 Redeclaration = true; 6883 break; 6884 6885 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6886 Redeclaration = true; 6887 break; 6888 6889 case Ovl_Overload: 6890 Redeclaration = false; 6891 break; 6892 } 6893 6894 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6895 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6896 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6897 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6898 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6899 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6900 if (Redeclaration) 6901 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6902 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6903 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6904 if (OverloadedDecl) 6905 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6906 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6907 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6908 Context)); 6909 } 6910 } 6911 } 6912 6913 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 6914 if (!Redeclaration && 6915 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 6916 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6917 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6918 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 6919 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 6920 Redeclaration = true; 6921 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6922 6923 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 6924 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6925 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6926 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6927 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6928 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 6929 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6930 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6931 Context)); 6932 } 6933 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 6934 Redeclaration = false; 6935 OldDecl = 0; 6936 } 6937 } 6938 } 6939 } 6940 6941 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6942 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6943 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6944 // 6945 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6946 // definition of a static member function. 6947 // 6948 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 6949 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 6950 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6951 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 6952 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6953 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6954 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6955 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6956 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6957 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6958 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6959 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6960 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6961 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6962 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6963 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6964 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6965 6966 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 6967 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 6968 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6969 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 6970 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 6971 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 6972 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 6973 6974 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 6975 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 6976 } 6977 } 6978 } 6979 6980 if (Redeclaration) { 6981 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6982 // merged. 6983 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6984 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6985 return Redeclaration; 6986 } 6987 6988 Previous.clear(); 6989 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6990 6991 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6992 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6993 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6994 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6995 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6996 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6997 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6998 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6999 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7000 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7001 } 7002 7003 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7004 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7005 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7006 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7007 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7008 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7009 } 7010 7011 } else { 7012 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7013 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7014 7015 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7016 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7017 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7018 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7019 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7020 7021 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7022 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7023 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7024 7025 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7026 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7027 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7028 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7029 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7030 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7031 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 7032 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7033 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7034 } 7035 } 7036 } 7037 } 7038 } 7039 7040 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7042 // C++-specific checks. 7043 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7044 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7045 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7046 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7047 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7048 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7049 7050 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7051 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7052 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7053 DeclarationName Name 7054 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7055 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7056 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7057 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7058 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7059 return Redeclaration; 7060 } 7061 } 7062 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7063 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7064 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7065 } 7066 7067 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7068 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7069 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7070 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7071 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7072 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7073 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7074 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7075 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7076 } 7077 } 7078 } 7079 7080 if (Method->isStatic()) 7081 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7082 } 7083 7084 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7085 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7086 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7087 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7088 return Redeclaration; 7089 } 7090 7091 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7092 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7093 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7094 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7095 return Redeclaration; 7096 } 7097 7098 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7099 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7100 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7101 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7102 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7103 7104 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7105 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7106 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7107 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7108 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7109 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7110 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7111 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7112 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7113 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7114 } 7115 } 7116 7117 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7118 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7119 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7120 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7121 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7122 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 7123 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7124 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7125 << NewFD << R; 7126 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7127 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7128 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7129 } 7130 } 7131 return Redeclaration; 7132} 7133 7134static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7135 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7136 if (!TSI) 7137 return SourceRange(); 7138 7139 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7140 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7141 if (!FunctionTL) 7142 return SourceRange(); 7143 7144 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 7145 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7146 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7147 7148 return SourceRange(); 7149} 7150 7151void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7152 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 7153 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 7154 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7155 // appear in a declaration of main. 7156 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7157 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7158 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7159 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7160 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7161 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7162 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7163 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7164 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7165 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7166 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7167 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7168 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7169 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7170 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7171 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7172 } 7173 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7174 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7175 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7176 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7177 } 7178 7179 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7180 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7181 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7182 7183 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7184 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7185 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7186 // set the flag which tells us that. 7187 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7188 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7189 7190 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7191 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7192 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7193 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7194 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7195 7196 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7197 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7198 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7199 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7200 7201 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7202 } else { 7203 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7204 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7205 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7206 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7207 else 7208 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7209 7210 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7211 } 7212 7213 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7214 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7215 7216 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7217 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7218 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7219 7220 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7221 7222 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7223 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7224 // getting shifty. 7225 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7226 HasExtraParameters = false; 7227 7228 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7229 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7230 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7231 nparams = 3; 7232 } 7233 7234 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7235 // if we had some location information about types. 7236 7237 QualType CharPP = 7238 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7239 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7240 7241 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7242 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7243 7244 bool mismatch = true; 7245 7246 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7247 mismatch = false; 7248 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7249 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7250 // char const ** 7251 // char const * const * 7252 // char * const * 7253 7254 QualifierCollector qs; 7255 const PointerType* PT; 7256 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7257 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7258 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7259 Context.CharTy)) { 7260 qs.removeConst(); 7261 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7262 } 7263 } 7264 7265 if (mismatch) { 7266 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7267 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7268 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7269 } 7270 } 7271 7272 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7273 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7274 } 7275 7276 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7277 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7278 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7279 } 7280} 7281 7282bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7283 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7284 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7285 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7286 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7287 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7288 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7289 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7290 // rules there don't matter.) 7291 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7292 return false; 7293 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7294 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7295 return true; 7296} 7297 7298namespace { 7299 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7300 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7301 class SelfReferenceChecker 7302 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7303 Sema &S; 7304 Decl *OrigDecl; 7305 bool isRecordType; 7306 bool isPODType; 7307 bool isReferenceType; 7308 7309 public: 7310 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7311 7312 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7313 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7314 isPODType = false; 7315 isRecordType = false; 7316 isReferenceType = false; 7317 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7318 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7319 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7320 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7321 } 7322 } 7323 7324 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7325 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7326 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7327 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7328 if (isReferenceType) 7329 return; 7330 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7331 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7332 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7333 return; 7334 } 7335 7336 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7337 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7338 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7339 return; 7340 } 7341 7342 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7343 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7344 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7345 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7346 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7347 return; 7348 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7349 } 7350 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7351 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7352 return; 7353 } 7354 } 7355 7356 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7357 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7358 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7359 if (isReferenceType) 7360 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7361 } 7362 7363 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7364 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7365 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7366 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7367 7368 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7369 } 7370 7371 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7372 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7373 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7374 7375 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7376 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7377 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7378 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7379 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7380 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7381 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7382 Warn = false; 7383 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7384 } 7385 7386 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7387 if (Warn) 7388 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7389 return; 7390 } 7391 7392 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7393 // Visit that expression. 7394 Visit(Base); 7395 } 7396 7397 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7398 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7399 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7400 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7401 7402 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7403 } 7404 7405 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7406 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7407 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7408 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7409 if (!isPODType) 7410 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7411 return; 7412 } 7413 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7414 } 7415 7416 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7417 7418 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7419 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7420 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7421 unsigned diag; 7422 if (isReferenceType) { 7423 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7424 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7425 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7426 } else { 7427 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7428 } 7429 7430 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7431 S.PDiag(diag) 7432 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7433 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7434 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7435 } 7436 }; 7437 7438 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7439 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7440 bool DirectInit) { 7441 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7442 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7443 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7444 return; 7445 7446 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7447 7448 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7449 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7450 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7451 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7452 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7453 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7454 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7455 return; 7456 7457 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7458 } 7459} 7460 7461/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7462/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7463/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7464void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7465 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7466 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7467 // the initializer. 7468 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7469 return; 7470 7471 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7472 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7473 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7474 // Thus this grotesque test. 7475 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7476 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7477 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7478 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7479 else { 7480 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7481 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7482 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7483 } 7484 return; 7485 } 7486 7487 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7488 if (!VDecl) { 7489 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7490 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7491 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7492 return; 7493 } 7494 7495 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7496 7497 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7498 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7499 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7500 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7501 // contains exactly one expression. 7502 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7503 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7504 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7505 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7506 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7507 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7508 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7509 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7510 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7511 return; 7512 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7513 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7514 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7515 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7516 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7517 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7518 return; 7519 } else { 7520 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7521 } 7522 } 7523 7524 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7525 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7526 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7527 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7528 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7529 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7530 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7531 return; 7532 } 7533 Init = Result.take(); 7534 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7535 } 7536 7537 QualType DeducedType; 7538 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7539 DAR_Failed) 7540 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7541 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7542 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7543 return; 7544 } 7545 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7546 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7547 7548 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7549 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7550 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7551 7552 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7553 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7554 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7555 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7556 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7557 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7558 SourceLocation Loc = 7559 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7560 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7561 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7562 } 7563 7564 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7565 // the previously declared type. 7566 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7567 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7568 7569 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7570 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7571 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7572 return; 7573 } 7574 7575 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7576 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7577 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7578 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7579 return; 7580 } 7581 7582 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7583 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7584 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7585 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7586 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7587 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7588 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7589 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7590 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7591 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7592 return; 7593 } 7594 7595 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7596 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7597 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7598 AbstractVariableType)) 7599 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7600 } 7601 7602 const VarDecl *Def; 7603 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7604 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7605 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7606 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7607 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7608 return; 7609 } 7610 7611 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7612 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7613 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7614 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7615 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7616 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7617 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7618 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7619 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7620 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7621 // 7622 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7623 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7624 // declaration with an initializer. 7625 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7626 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7627 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7628 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7629 return; 7630 } 7631 7632 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7633 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7634 7635 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7636 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7637 return; 7638 } 7639 } 7640 7641 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7642 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7643 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7644 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7645 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7646 return; 7647 } 7648 7649 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7650 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7651 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7652 7653 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7654 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7655 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7656 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7657 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7658 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7659 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7660 return; 7661 } 7662 Init = Result.take(); 7663 } 7664 7665 // Perform the initialization. 7666 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7667 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7668 InitializationKind Kind 7669 = DirectInit ? 7670 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7671 Init->getLocStart(), 7672 Init->getLocEnd()) 7673 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7674 VDecl->getLocation()) 7675 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7676 Init->getLocStart()); 7677 7678 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 7679 if (CXXDirectInit) 7680 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 7681 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 7682 7683 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 7684 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 7685 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7686 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7687 return; 7688 } 7689 7690 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7691 } 7692 7693 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7694 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7695 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7696 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7697 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7698 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7699 } 7700 7701 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7702 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7703 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7704 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7705 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7706 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7707 7708 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7709 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7710 7711 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7712 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7713 7714 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7715 // Although this code can still have problems: 7716 // id x = self.weakProp; 7717 // id y = self.weakProp; 7718 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7719 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7720 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7721 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7722 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7723 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7724 Init->getLocStart()); 7725 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7726 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7727 } 7728 } 7729 7730 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7731 // 7732 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7733 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7734 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7735 // 7736 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7737 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7738 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7739 // 7740 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7741 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7742 false, 7743 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7744 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7745 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7746 return; 7747 } 7748 Init = Result.take(); 7749 7750 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7751 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7752 7753 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7754 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7755 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7756 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7757 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7758 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7759 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7760 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7761 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7762 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7763 // 7764 // struct S { 7765 // static const int value = 17; 7766 // }; 7767 7768 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7769 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7770 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7771 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7772 // 7773 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7774 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7775 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7776 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7777 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7778 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7779 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7780 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7781 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7782 7783 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7784 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7785 7786 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7787 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7788 // type. 7789 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7790 7791 // Require constness. 7792 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7793 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7794 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7795 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7796 7797 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7798 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7799 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7800 SourceLocation Loc; 7801 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7802 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7803 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7804 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7805 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7806 ; // Nothing to check. 7807 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7808 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7809 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7810 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7811 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7812 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7813 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7814 } else { 7815 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7816 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7817 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7818 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7819 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7820 } 7821 7822 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7823 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7824 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7825 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7826 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7827 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7828 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7829 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7830 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7831 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7832 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7833 } else { 7834 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7835 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7836 7837 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7838 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7839 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7840 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7841 } 7842 } 7843 7844 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7845 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 7846 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7847 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7848 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7849 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7850 7851 } else { 7852 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7853 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7854 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7855 } 7856 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7857 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 7858 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7859 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 7860 VDecl->isExternC()))) 7861 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7862 7863 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7864 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7865 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7866 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 7867 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 7868 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 7869 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 7870 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 7871 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 7872 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 7873 // initialization. 7874 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 7875 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 7876 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 7877 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 7878 } 7879 } 7880 7881 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7882 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7883 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7884 // 7885 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7886 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7887 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7888 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7889 // special case code. 7890 7891 // C++ 8.5p11: 7892 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7893 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7894 // class type. 7895 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7896 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7897 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7898 } else if (DirectInit) { 7899 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7900 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7901 } 7902 7903 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7904} 7905 7906/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7907/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7908/// of sanity. 7909void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7910 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7911 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7912 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7913 7914 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7915 if (!VD) return; 7916 7917 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7918 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7919 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7920 return; 7921 } 7922 7923 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7924 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7925 7926 // Require a complete type. 7927 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7928 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7929 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7930 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7931 return; 7932 } 7933 7934 // Require an abstract type. 7935 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7936 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7937 AbstractVariableType)) { 7938 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7939 return; 7940 } 7941 7942 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7943 // though. 7944} 7945 7946void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7947 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7948 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7949 if (RealDecl == 0) 7950 return; 7951 7952 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7953 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7954 7955 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7956 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7957 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7958 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7959 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7960 return; 7961 } 7962 7963 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7964 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7965 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7966 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7967 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7968 // member. 7969 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7970 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7971 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7972 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7973 << Var->getDeclName(); 7974 else 7975 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7976 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7977 return; 7978 } 7979 7980 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7981 case VarDecl::Definition: 7982 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7983 break; 7984 7985 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7986 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7987 // a declaration. 7988 // 7989 // Fall through 7990 7991 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7992 // It's only a declaration. 7993 7994 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7995 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7996 // object shall be complete. 7997 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7998 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7999 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8000 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8001 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8002 8003 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8004 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8005 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8006 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8007 AbstractVariableType)) 8008 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8009 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8010 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8011 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8012 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8013 } 8014 8015 return; 8016 8017 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8018 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8019 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8020 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8021 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8022 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8023 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8024 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8025 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8026 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8027 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8028 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8029 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8030 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8031 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8032 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8033 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8034 // NOTE: code such as the following 8035 // static struct s; 8036 // struct s { int a; }; 8037 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8038 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8039 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8040 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 8041 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8042 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8043 } 8044 } 8045 8046 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8047 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8048 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8049 return; 8050 } 8051 8052 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8053 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8054 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8055 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8056 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8057 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8058 return; 8059 } 8060 8061 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8062 // definitions with reference type. 8063 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8064 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8065 << Var->getDeclName() 8066 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8067 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8068 return; 8069 } 8070 8071 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8072 // variable with dependent type. 8073 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8074 return; 8075 8076 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8077 return; 8078 8079 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8080 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8081 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8082 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8083 return; 8084 } 8085 8086 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8087 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8088 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8089 AbstractVariableType)) { 8090 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8091 return; 8092 } 8093 8094 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8095 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8096 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8097 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8098 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8099 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8100 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8101 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8102 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8103 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8104 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8105 if (const RecordType *Record 8106 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8107 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8108 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8109 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8110 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8111 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8112 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8113 } 8114 } 8115 8116 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8117 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8118 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8119 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8120 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8121 // type shall have a user-declared default 8122 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8123 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8124 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8125 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8126 // program is ill-formed. 8127 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8128 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8129 // default-initialized; [...]. 8130 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8131 InitializationKind Kind 8132 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8133 8134 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8135 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8136 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8137 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8138 else if (Init.get()) { 8139 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8140 // This is important for template substitution. 8141 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8142 } 8143 8144 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8145 } 8146} 8147 8148void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8149 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8150 if (!VD) { 8151 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8152 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8153 return; 8154 } 8155 8156 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8157 8158 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8159 int Error = -1; 8160 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8161 case SC_None: 8162 break; 8163 case SC_Extern: 8164 Error = 0; 8165 break; 8166 case SC_Static: 8167 Error = 1; 8168 break; 8169 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8170 Error = 2; 8171 break; 8172 case SC_Auto: 8173 Error = 3; 8174 break; 8175 case SC_Register: 8176 Error = 4; 8177 break; 8178 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8179 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8180 } 8181 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8182 Error = 5; 8183 if (Error != -1) { 8184 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8185 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8186 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8187 } 8188} 8189 8190void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8191 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8192 8193 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8194 // local retaining variable. 8195 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8196 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8197 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8198 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8199 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8200 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8201 break; 8202 8203 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8204 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8205 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8206 break; 8207 } 8208 } 8209 8210 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8211 var->isExternallyVisible() && 8212 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8213 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8214 var->getLocation())) { 8215 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8216 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8217 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8218 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8219 8220 if (!prev) 8221 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8222 } 8223 8224 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8225 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8226 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8227 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8228 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8229 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8230 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8231 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8232 } 8233 8234 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8235 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8236 8237 QualType type = var->getType(); 8238 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8239 8240 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8241 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8242 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8243 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8244 8245 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8246 // constructing this copy. 8247 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8248 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8249 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8250 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8251 ExprResult result 8252 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8253 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8254 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8255 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8256 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8257 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8258 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8259 } 8260 } 8261 } 8262 8263 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8264 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8265 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8266 8267 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8268 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8269 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8270 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8271 var->getLocation()) 8272 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 8273 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8274 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8275 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8276 8277 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8278 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8279 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8280 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8281 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8282 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8283 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8284 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8285 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8286 Notes.clear(); 8287 } 8288 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8289 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8290 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8291 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8292 } 8293 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8294 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8295 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8296 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8297 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8298 } 8299 } 8300 8301 // Require the destructor. 8302 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8303 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8304} 8305 8306/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8307/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8308void 8309Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8310 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8311 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8312 8313 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8314 if (!VD) 8315 return; 8316 8317 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8318 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8319 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8320 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8321 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8322 8323 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8324 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8325 8326 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8327 // tag values. 8328 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8329 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8330 return; 8331 8332 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8333 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8334 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8335 I != E; ++I) { 8336 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8337 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8338 continue; 8339 } 8340 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8341 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8342 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8343 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8344 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8345 continue; 8346 } 8347 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8348 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8349 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8350 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8351 continue; 8352 } 8353 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8354 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8355 MagicValue, 8356 I->getMatchingCType(), 8357 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8358 I->getMustBeNull()); 8359 } 8360} 8361 8362Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8363Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8364 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8365 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8366 8367 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8368 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8369 8370 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8371 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8372 Decls.push_back(D); 8373 8374 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 8375 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8376 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 8377 8378 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 8379 DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8380} 8381 8382/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8383/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8384Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8385Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 8386 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8387 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8388 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8389 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8390 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8391 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8392 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8393 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8394 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 8395 QualType Deduced; 8396 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8397 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8398 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 8399 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8400 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8401 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8402 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8403 break; 8404 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8405 if (!U.isNull()) { 8406 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8407 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8408 Deduced = U; 8409 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8410 DeducedDecl = D; 8411 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8412 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8413 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8414 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8415 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8416 << U << D->getDeclName() 8417 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8418 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8419 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8420 break; 8421 } 8422 } 8423 } 8424 } 8425 } 8426 8427 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8428 8429 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8430} 8431 8432void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8433 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8434} 8435 8436void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8437 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8438 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8439 return; 8440 8441 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8442 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8443 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8444 return; 8445 8446 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8447 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8448 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8449 // additional declaration references: 8450 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8451 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8452 // 'struct S *pS;' 8453 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8454 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8455 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8456 Group++; 8457 NumDecls--; 8458 } 8459 } 8460 8461 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8462 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8463 if (!Comments.empty() && 8464 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8465 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8466 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8467 // 8468 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8469 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8470 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8471 // ahead through comments. 8472 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8473 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8474 } 8475} 8476 8477/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8478/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8479Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8480 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8481 8482 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8483 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8484 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8485 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8486 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8487 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8488 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8489 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8490 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8491 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8492 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8493 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8494 } 8495 8496 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8497 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8498 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8499 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8500 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8501 << 0; 8502 8503 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8504 8505 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8506 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8507 8508 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8509 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8510 // parameter. 8511 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8512 8513 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8514 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8515 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8516 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8517 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8518 } 8519 } 8520 8521 // Ensure we have a valid name 8522 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8523 if (D.hasName()) { 8524 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8525 if (!II) { 8526 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8527 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8528 D.setInvalidType(true); 8529 } 8530 } 8531 8532 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8533 if (II) { 8534 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8535 ForRedeclaration); 8536 LookupName(R, S); 8537 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8538 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8539 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8540 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8541 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8542 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8543 PrevDecl = 0; 8544 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8545 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8546 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8547 8548 // Recover by removing the name 8549 II = 0; 8550 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8551 D.setInvalidType(true); 8552 } 8553 } 8554 } 8555 8556 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8557 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8558 // looking like class members in C++. 8559 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8560 D.getLocStart(), 8561 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8562 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8563 StorageClass); 8564 8565 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8566 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8567 8568 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8569 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8570 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8571 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8572 8573 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8574 S->AddDecl(New); 8575 if (II) 8576 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8577 8578 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8579 8580 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8581 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8582 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8583 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8584 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8585 8586 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8587 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8588 } 8589 return New; 8590} 8591 8592/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8593/// typedef. 8594ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8595 SourceLocation Loc, 8596 QualType T) { 8597 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8598 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8599 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8600 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8601 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8602 SC_None, 0); 8603 Param->setImplicit(); 8604 return Param; 8605} 8606 8607void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8608 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8609 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8610 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8611 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8612 return; 8613 8614 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8615 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8616 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8617 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8618 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8619 } 8620 } 8621} 8622 8623void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8624 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8625 QualType ReturnTy, 8626 NamedDecl *D) { 8627 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8628 return; 8629 8630 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8631 // threshold. 8632 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8633 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8634 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8635 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8636 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8637 } 8638 8639 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8640 // threshold. 8641 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8642 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8643 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8644 continue; 8645 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8646 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8647 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8648 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8649 } 8650} 8651 8652ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8653 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8654 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8655 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 8656 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8657 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8658 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8659 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8660 8661 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8662 8663 // Special cases for arrays: 8664 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8665 // - otherwise, it's an error 8666 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8667 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8668 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8669 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8670 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8671 } 8672 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8673 } else { 8674 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8675 } 8676 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8677 } 8678 8679 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8680 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8681 TSInfo, 8682 StorageClass, 0); 8683 8684 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8685 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8686 // the class has been completely parsed. 8687 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8688 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8689 AbstractParamType)) 8690 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8691 8692 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8693 // passed by reference. 8694 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8695 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8696 Diag(NameLoc, 8697 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8698 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8699 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8700 New->setType(T); 8701 } 8702 8703 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8704 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8705 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8706 // an address space. 8707 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8708 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8709 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8710 } 8711 8712 return New; 8713} 8714 8715void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8716 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8717 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8718 8719 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8720 // for a K&R function. 8721 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8722 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8723 --i; 8724 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8725 SmallString<256> Code; 8726 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8727 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8728 << ";\n"; 8729 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8730 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8731 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8732 8733 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8734 // type. 8735 AttributeFactory attrs; 8736 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8737 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8738 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8739 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8740 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8741 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8742 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8743 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8744 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8745 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8746 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8747 } 8748 } 8749 } 8750} 8751 8752Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8753 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8754 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8755 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8756 8757 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8758 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8759 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8760} 8761 8762static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8763 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8764 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8765 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8766 return false; 8767 8768 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8769 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8770 return false; 8771 8772 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8773 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8774 return false; 8775 8776 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8777 if (FD->isMain()) 8778 return false; 8779 8780 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8781 if (FD->isInlined()) 8782 return false; 8783 8784 // Don't warn about function templates. 8785 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8786 return false; 8787 8788 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8789 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8790 return false; 8791 8792 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8793 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8794 return false; 8795 8796 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8797 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8798 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8799 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8800 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8801 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8802 continue; 8803 8804 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8805 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8806 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8807 break; 8808 } 8809 8810 return MissingPrototype; 8811} 8812 8813void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8814 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8815 // was an extern inline function. 8816 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8817 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8818 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8819 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8820 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8821 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8822 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8823 else 8824 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8825 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8826 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8827 } 8828} 8829 8830Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8831 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8832 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8833 8834 if (!D) 8835 return D; 8836 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8837 8838 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8839 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8840 else 8841 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8842 8843 // Enter a new function scope 8844 PushFunctionScope(); 8845 8846 // See if this is a redefinition. 8847 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8848 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8849 8850 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8851 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8852 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 8853 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8854 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8855 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8856 } 8857 } 8858 8859 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8860 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8861 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8862 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8863 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8864 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8865 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8866 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8867 8868 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8869 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8870 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8871 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8872 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8873 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8874 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8875 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8876 8877 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8878 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8879 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8880 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 8881 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 8882 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8883 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8884 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8885 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8886 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8887 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8888 } 8889 } 8890 } 8891 8892 if (FnBodyScope) 8893 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8894 8895 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8896 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8897 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8898 8899 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8900 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8901 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8902 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8903 8904 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8905 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8906 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8907 8908 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8909 } 8910 } 8911 8912 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8913 // introduce them into the function scope. 8914 if (FnBodyScope) { 8915 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8916 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8917 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8918 8919 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8920 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8921 // and reattach to the current context. 8922 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8923 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8924 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8925 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8926 if (*DI == D) { 8927 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8928 break; 8929 } 8930 } 8931 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8932 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8933 } 8934 8935 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8936 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8937 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8938 8939 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8940 // accessible in this scope. 8941 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8942 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8943 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8944 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8945 } 8946 } 8947 } 8948 8949 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8950 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8951 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8952 8953 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8954 // dllimport attribute. 8955 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8956 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8957 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8958 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8959 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8960 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8961 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8962 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8963 << "dllimport"; 8964 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8965 return D; 8966 } 8967 8968 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8969 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8970 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8971 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8972 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8973 // emitted. 8974 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8975 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8976 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8977 } 8978 } 8979 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8980 // a function template). 8981 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8982 return D; 8983} 8984 8985/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8986/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8987/// optimization. 8988/// 8989/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8990/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8991/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8992/// use the named return value optimization. 8993/// 8994/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8995/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8996/// the NRVO variable. 8997/// 8998/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8999/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9000/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9001void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9002 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9003 9004 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9005 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9006 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9007 return; 9008 9009 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9010 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9011 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9012 return; 9013 } 9014 9015 if (NRVOCandidate) 9016 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9017} 9018 9019bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9020 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 9021 return false; 9022 9023 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 9024 return true; 9025 9026 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9027 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9028 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9029 else 9030 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9031 9032 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9033 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9034 // rest of the file. 9035 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9036 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9037 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 9038} 9039 9040Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9041 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9042 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9043 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9044 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9045 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9046} 9047 9048Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9049 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9050} 9051 9052Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9053 bool IsInstantiation) { 9054 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9055 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 9056 if (FunTmpl) 9057 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9058 else 9059 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 9060 9061 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9062 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9063 9064 if (FD) { 9065 FD->setBody(Body); 9066 9067 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9068 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9069 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9070 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9071 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9072 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9073 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9074 << FD->getResultType(); 9075 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9076 } else { 9077 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9078 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9079 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 9080 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9081 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9082 } 9083 } 9084 9085 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9086 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9087 // is the first declaration. 9088 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9089 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9090 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9091 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9092 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9093 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9094 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9095 } 9096 9097 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9098 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9099 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9100 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9101 9102 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9103 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 9104 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 9105 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9106 9107 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9108 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9109 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9110 FD->getResultType(), FD); 9111 9112 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9113 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9114 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9115 9116 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9117 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9118 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9119 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 9120 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9121 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9122 } 9123 9124 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9125 "Function parsing confused"); 9126 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9127 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9128 MD->setBody(Body); 9129 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9130 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9131 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9132 MD->getResultType(), MD); 9133 9134 if (Body) 9135 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9136 } 9137 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9138 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9139 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9140 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9141 } 9142 } else { 9143 return 0; 9144 } 9145 9146 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9147 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9148 "handled in the block above."); 9149 9150 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9151 if (Body) { 9152 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9153 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9154 // Verify this. 9155 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9156 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9157 9158 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9159 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9160 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9161 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9162 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9163 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9164 9165 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9166 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9167 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9168 9169 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9170 Destructor->getParent()); 9171 } 9172 9173 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9174 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9175 // deletion in some later function. 9176 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9177 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9178 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9179 } 9180 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9181 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9182 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9183 // enabled. 9184 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9185 } 9186 9187 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9188 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9189 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9190 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9191 9192 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9193 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9194 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9195 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9196 } 9197 9198 if (!IsInstantiation) 9199 PopDeclContext(); 9200 9201 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9202 9203 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9204 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9205 // deletion in some later function. 9206 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9207 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9208 } 9209 9210 return dcl; 9211} 9212 9213 9214/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9215/// relevant Decl. 9216void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9217 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9218 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9219 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9220 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9221 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9222 9223 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9224 if (Method->isStatic()) 9225 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9226} 9227 9228 9229/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9230/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9231NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9232 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9233 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9234 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9235 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9236 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9237 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9238 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9239 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9240 return ExternCPrev; 9241 } 9242 9243 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9244 unsigned diag_id; 9245 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9246 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9247 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9248 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9249 else 9250 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9251 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9252 9253 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9254 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9255 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9256 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9257 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9258 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9259 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9260 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9261 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9262 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9263 9264 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9265 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9266 9267 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9268 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9269 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9270 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9271 } 9272 } 9273 9274 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9275 const char *Dummy; 9276 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9277 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9278 unsigned DiagID; 9279 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9280 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9281 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9282 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9283 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9284 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9285 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9286 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9287 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9288 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9289 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9290 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9291 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9292 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9293 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9294 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9295 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9296 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9297 EST_None, 9298 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9299 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9300 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9301 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9302 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9303 Loc, Loc, D), 9304 DS.getAttributes(), 9305 SourceLocation()); 9306 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9307 9308 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9309 9310 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9311 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9312 9313 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9314 FD->setImplicit(); 9315 9316 CurContext = PrevDC; 9317 9318 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9319 9320 return FD; 9321} 9322 9323/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9324/// the declaration of this function. 9325/// 9326/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9327/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9328/// like NSLog or printf. 9329/// 9330/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9331/// attributes are applied to declarations. 9332void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9333 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9334 return; 9335 9336 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9337 // actual attributes. 9338 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9339 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9340 unsigned FormatIdx; 9341 bool HasVAListArg; 9342 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9343 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9344 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9345 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9346 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9347 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9348 fmt = "NSString"; 9349 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9350 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9351 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9352 } 9353 } 9354 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9355 HasVAListArg)) { 9356 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9357 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9358 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9359 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9360 } 9361 9362 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9363 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9364 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9365 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9366 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9367 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9368 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9369 } 9370 9371 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9372 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9373 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9374 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9375 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9376 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9377 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9378 } 9379 9380 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9381 if (!Name) 9382 return; 9383 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9384 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9385 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9386 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9387 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9388 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9389 // about. 9390 } else 9391 return; 9392 9393 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9394 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9395 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9396 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9397 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9398 "printf", 2, 9399 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9400 } 9401 9402 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9403 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9404 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9405 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9406 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9407 } 9408} 9409 9410TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9411 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9412 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9413 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9414 9415 if (!TInfo) { 9416 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9417 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9418 } 9419 9420 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9421 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9422 D.getLocStart(), 9423 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9424 D.getIdentifier(), 9425 TInfo); 9426 9427 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9428 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9429 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9430 return NewTD; 9431 } 9432 9433 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9434 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9435 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9436 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9437 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9438 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9439 else 9440 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9441 } 9442 9443 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9444 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9445 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9446 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9447 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9448 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9449 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9450 case TST_enum: 9451 case TST_struct: 9452 case TST_interface: 9453 case TST_union: 9454 case TST_class: { 9455 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9456 9457 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9458 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9459 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9460 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9461 9462 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9463 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9464 9465 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9466 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9467 break; 9468 9469 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9470 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9471 break; 9472 } 9473 9474 default: 9475 break; 9476 } 9477 9478 return NewTD; 9479} 9480 9481 9482/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9483bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9484 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9485 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9486 9487 if (T->isDependentType()) 9488 return false; 9489 9490 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9491 if (BT->isInteger()) 9492 return false; 9493 9494 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9495 return true; 9496} 9497 9498/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9499/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9500bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9501 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9502 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9503 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9504 9505 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9506 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9507 << Prev->isScoped(); 9508 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9509 return true; 9510 } 9511 9512 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9513 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9514 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9515 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9516 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9517 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9518 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9519 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9520 return true; 9521 } 9522 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9523 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9524 << Prev->isFixed(); 9525 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9526 return true; 9527 } 9528 9529 return false; 9530} 9531 9532/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9533/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9534/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9535/// 9536/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9537static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9538 switch (Tag) { 9539 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9540 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9541 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9542 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9543 } 9544} 9545 9546/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9547/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9548/// 9549/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9550static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9551{ 9552 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9553} 9554 9555/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9556/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9557/// 9558/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9559bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9560 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9561 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9562 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9563 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9564 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9565 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9566 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9567 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9568 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9569 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9570 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9571 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9572 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9573 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9574 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9575 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9576 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9577 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9578 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9579 return true; 9580 9581 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9582 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9583 bool isTemplate = false; 9584 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9585 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9586 9587 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9588 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9589 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9590 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9591 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9592 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9593 return true; 9594 } 9595 9596 if (isDefinition) { 9597 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9598 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9599 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9600 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9601 return true; 9602 } 9603 9604 bool previousMismatch = false; 9605 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9606 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9607 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9608 if (!previousMismatch) { 9609 previousMismatch = true; 9610 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9611 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9612 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9613 } 9614 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9615 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9616 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9617 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9618 } 9619 } 9620 return true; 9621 } 9622 9623 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9624 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9625 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9626 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9627 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9628 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9629 return true; 9630 } 9631 9632 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9633 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9634 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9635 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9636 9637 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9638 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9639 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9640 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9641 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9642 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9643 } 9644 9645 return true; 9646 } 9647 return false; 9648} 9649 9650/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9651/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9652/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9653/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9654Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9655 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9656 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9657 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9658 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9659 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9660 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9661 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9662 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9663 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9664 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9665 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9666 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9667 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9668 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9669 9670 OwnedDecl = false; 9671 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9672 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9673 9674 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9675 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9676 bool Invalid = false; 9677 9678 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9679 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9680 // for non-C++ cases. 9681 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9682 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9683 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9684 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9685 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9686 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9687 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9688 isExplicitSpecialization, 9689 Invalid)) { 9690 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9691 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 9692 return 0; 9693 } 9694 9695 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9696 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9697 // be a member of another template). 9698 9699 if (Invalid) 9700 return 0; 9701 9702 OwnedDecl = false; 9703 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9704 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9705 TemplateParams, AS, 9706 ModulePrivateLoc, 9707 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9708 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9709 return Result.get(); 9710 } else { 9711 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9712 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9713 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9714 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9715 } 9716 } 9717 } 9718 9719 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9720 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9721 // redeclaration. 9722 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9723 9724 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9725 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9726 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9727 // type, default to int. 9728 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9729 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9730 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9731 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9732 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9733 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9734 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9735 9736 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9737 // Recover by falling back to int. 9738 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9739 9740 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9741 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9742 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9743 9744 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9745 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9746 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9747 } 9748 9749 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9750 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9751 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9752 9753 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9754 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9755 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9756 9757 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9758 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 9759 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9760 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9761 9762 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9763 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9764 Name = 0; 9765 goto CreateNewDecl; 9766 } 9767 9768 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9769 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9770 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9771 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9772 if (!DC) { 9773 IsDependent = true; 9774 return 0; 9775 } 9776 } else { 9777 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9778 if (!DC) { 9779 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9780 << SS.getRange(); 9781 return 0; 9782 } 9783 } 9784 9785 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9786 return 0; 9787 9788 SearchDC = DC; 9789 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9790 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9791 9792 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9793 return 0; 9794 9795 if (Previous.empty()) { 9796 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9797 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9798 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9799 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9800 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9801 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9802 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9803 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9804 IsDependent = true; 9805 return 0; 9806 } 9807 9808 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9809 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9810 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9811 Name = 0; 9812 Invalid = true; 9813 goto CreateNewDecl; 9814 } 9815 } else if (Name) { 9816 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9817 // declaration or definition. 9818 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9819 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9820 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9821 LookupName(Previous, S); 9822 9823 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 9824 // by types using'ed into this scope. 9825 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9826 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9827 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9828 while (F.hasNext()) { 9829 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9830 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9831 F.erase(); 9832 } 9833 F.done(); 9834 } 9835 9836 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 9837 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 9838 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 9839 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 9840 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 9841 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 9842 // 9843 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 9844 // semantic context? 9845 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9846 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9847 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9848 while (F.hasNext()) { 9849 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9850 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9851 if (DC->isFileContext() && 9852 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 9853 F.erase(); 9854 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 9855 } 9856 } 9857 F.done(); 9858 } 9859 9860 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9861 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9862 return 0; 9863 9864 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9865 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9866 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9867 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9868 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9869 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9870 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9871 } 9872 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9873 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9874 // initial context to the translation unit. 9875 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9876 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9877 } 9878 9879 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9880 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9881 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9882 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9883 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9884 Previous.clear(); 9885 } 9886 9887 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9888 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9889 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9890 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9891 9892 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9893 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9894 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9895 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9896 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9897 } 9898 } 9899 9900 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9901 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9902 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9903 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9904 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9905 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9906 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9907 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9908 9909 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9910 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9911 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9912 // 9913 // class-key identifier 9914 // 9915 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9916 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9917 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9918 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9919 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9920 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9921 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9922 // declaration. 9923 // 9924 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9925 // C structs and unions. 9926 // 9927 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9928 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9929 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9930 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9931 // 9932 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9933 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9934 // 9935 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9936 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9937 // lexical context, 9938 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9939 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9940 9941 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9942 while (S->isClassScope() || 9943 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9944 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9945 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9946 (S->getEntity() && 9947 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9948 S = S->getParent(); 9949 } else { 9950 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9951 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9952 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9953 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9954 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9955 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9956 } 9957 9958 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9959 // diagnose some problems. 9960 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9961 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9962 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9963 } 9964 } 9965 9966 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9967 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9968 9969 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9970 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9971 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9972 // in C++. 9973 // 9974 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9975 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9976 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9977 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9979 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9980 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9981 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9982 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9983 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9984 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9985 PrevDecl = Tag; 9986 Previous.clear(); 9987 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9988 Previous.resolveKind(); 9989 } 9990 } 9991 } 9992 } 9993 9994 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9995 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9996 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9997 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9998 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9999 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10000 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10001 // struct or something similar. 10002 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10003 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10004 *Name)) { 10005 bool SafeToContinue 10006 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10007 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10008 if (SafeToContinue) 10009 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10010 << Name 10011 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10012 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10013 else 10014 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10015 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10016 10017 if (SafeToContinue) 10018 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10019 else { 10020 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10021 Name = 0; 10022 Previous.clear(); 10023 Invalid = true; 10024 } 10025 } 10026 10027 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10028 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10029 10030 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10031 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10032 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10033 if (ScopedEnum) 10034 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10035 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10036 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10037 return PrevTagDecl; 10038 } 10039 10040 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10041 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10042 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 10043 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10044 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10045 10046 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10047 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10048 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10049 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10050 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10051 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10052 } 10053 10054 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10055 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10056 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10057 // and then later defined. 10058 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10059 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10060 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10061 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10062 } 10063 10064 if (!Invalid) { 10065 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10066 10067 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10068 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10069 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10070 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10071 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10072 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10073 return PrevTagDecl; 10074 10075 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10076 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10077 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10078 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10079 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10080 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10081 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10082 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10083 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10084 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10085 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10086 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10087 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10088 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10089 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10090 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10091 } 10092 10093 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10094 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10095 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10096 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10097 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10098 else 10099 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10100 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10101 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10102 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10103 // references get the previous definition. 10104 Name = 0; 10105 Previous.clear(); 10106 Invalid = true; 10107 } 10108 } else { 10109 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10110 // about a nested redefinition. 10111 const TagType *Tag 10112 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10113 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10114 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10115 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10116 diag::note_previous_definition); 10117 Name = 0; 10118 Previous.clear(); 10119 Invalid = true; 10120 } 10121 } 10122 10123 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10124 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10125 } 10126 } 10127 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10128 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10129 10130 } else { 10131 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10132 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10133 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10134 // have distinct types. 10135 Previous.clear(); 10136 } 10137 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10138 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10139 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10140 10141 10142 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10143 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10144 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10145 } else { 10146 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10147 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10148 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10149 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10150 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10151 unsigned Kind = 0; 10152 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10153 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10154 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10155 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10156 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10157 Invalid = true; 10158 10159 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10160 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10161 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10162 // do nothing 10163 10164 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10165 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10166 unsigned Kind = 0; 10167 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10168 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10169 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10170 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10171 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10172 Invalid = true; 10173 10174 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10175 // case here. 10176 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10177 unsigned Kind = 0; 10178 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10179 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10180 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10181 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10182 Invalid = true; 10183 10184 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10185 } else { 10186 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10187 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10188 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10189 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10190 Name = 0; 10191 Invalid = true; 10192 } 10193 10194 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10195 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10196 Previous.clear(); 10197 } 10198 } 10199 10200CreateNewDecl: 10201 10202 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10203 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10204 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10205 10206 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10207 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10208 // keyword. 10209 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10210 10211 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10212 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10213 // PrevDecl. 10214 TagDecl *New; 10215 10216 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10217 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10218 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10219 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10220 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10221 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10222 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10223 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10224 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10225 TagDecl *Def; 10226 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10227 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10228 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10229 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10230 } 10231 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10232 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10233 << New; 10234 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10235 } else { 10236 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10237 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10238 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10239 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10240 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10241 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10242 10243 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10244 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10245 // the declaration context. 10246 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10247 IsForwardReference = true; 10248 } 10249 } 10250 10251 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10252 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10253 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10254 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10255 else 10256 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10257 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10258 } 10259 10260 } else { 10261 // struct/union/class 10262 10263 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10264 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10265 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10266 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10267 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10268 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10269 10270 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10271 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10272 } else 10273 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10274 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10275 } 10276 10277 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10278 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10279 if (SS.isSet()) { 10280 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10281 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10282 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10283 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10284 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10285 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10286 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10287 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10288 Invalid = true; 10289 10290 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10291 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10292 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10293 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10294 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10295 } 10296 } 10297 else 10298 Invalid = true; 10299 } 10300 10301 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10302 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10303 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10304 // 10305 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10306 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10307 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10308 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10309 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10310 // parsing of the struct). 10311 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10312 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10313 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10314 } 10315 } 10316 10317 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10318 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10319 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10320 << 2 10321 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10322 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10323 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10324 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10325 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10326 New->setModulePrivate(); 10327 } 10328 10329 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10330 // check the specialization. 10331 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10332 Invalid = true; 10333 10334 if (Invalid) 10335 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10336 10337 if (Attr) 10338 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10339 10340 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10341 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10342 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10343 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10344 10345 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10346 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10347 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10348 10349 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10350 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10351 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10352 // the tag name visible. 10353 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10354 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 10355 (!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 10356 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)); 10357 10358 // Set the access specifier. 10359 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10360 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10361 10362 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10363 New->startDefinition(); 10364 10365 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10366 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10367 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10368 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10369 if (PrevDecl) 10370 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10371 10372 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10373 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10374 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10375 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10376 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10377 } else if (Name) { 10378 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10379 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10380 if (IsForwardReference) 10381 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10382 10383 } else { 10384 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10385 } 10386 10387 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10388 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10389 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10390 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10391 II->isStr("FILE")) 10392 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10393 10394 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10395 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10396 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10397 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10398 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10399 10400 if (PrevDecl) 10401 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10402 10403 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10404 // record. 10405 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10406 10407 OwnedDecl = true; 10408 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10409 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10410 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10411} 10412 10413void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10414 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10415 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10416 10417 // Enter the tag context. 10418 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10419 10420 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10421 10422 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10423 // record. 10424 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10425} 10426 10427Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10428 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10429 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10430 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10431 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10432 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10433 CurContext = OCD; 10434 return IDecl; 10435} 10436 10437void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10438 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10439 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10440 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10441 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10442 10443 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10444 10445 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10446 return; 10447 10448 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10449 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10450 10451 // C++ [class]p2: 10452 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10453 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10454 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10455 // as if it were a public member name. 10456 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10457 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10458 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10459 Record->getIdentifier(), 10460 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10461 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10462 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10463 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10464 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10465 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10466 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10467 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10468 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10469 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10470} 10471 10472void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10473 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10474 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10475 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10476 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10477 10478 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10479 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10480 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10481 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10482 RD->completeDefinition(); 10483 } 10484 10485 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10486 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10487 10488 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10489 PopDeclContext(); 10490 10491 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10492 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10493 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10494 10495 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10496 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 10497 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10498} 10499 10500void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10501 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10502 PopDeclContext(); 10503} 10504 10505void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10506 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10507 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10508 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10509} 10510 10511void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10512 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10513 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10514} 10515 10516void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10517 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10518 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10519 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10520 10521 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10522 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10523 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10524 RD->completeDefinition(); 10525 } 10526 10527 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10528 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10529 // the FieldCollector. 10530 10531 PopDeclContext(); 10532} 10533 10534// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10535ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10536 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10537 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10538 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10539 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10540 if (ZeroWidth) 10541 *ZeroWidth = true; 10542 10543 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10544 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10545 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10546 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10547 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10548 return ExprError(); 10549 if (FieldName) 10550 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10551 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10552 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10553 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10554 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10555 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10556 return ExprError(); 10557 10558 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10559 // it now. 10560 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10561 return Owned(BitWidth); 10562 10563 llvm::APSInt Value; 10564 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10565 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10566 return ICE; 10567 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10568 10569 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10570 *ZeroWidth = false; 10571 10572 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10573 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10574 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10575 10576 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10577 if (FieldName) 10578 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10579 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10580 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10581 << Value.toString(10); 10582 } 10583 10584 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10585 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10586 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10587 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10588 if (FieldName) 10589 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10590 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10591 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10592 10593 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10594 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10595 } 10596 10597 if (FieldName) 10598 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10599 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10600 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10601 else 10602 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10603 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10604 } 10605 } 10606 10607 return Owned(BitWidth); 10608} 10609 10610/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10611/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10612Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10613 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10614 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10615 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10616 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10617 return Res; 10618} 10619 10620/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10621/// 10622FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10623 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10624 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10625 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10626 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10627 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10628 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10629 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10630 10631 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10632 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10633 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10634 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10635 10636 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10637 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10638 D.setInvalidType(); 10639 T = Context.IntTy; 10640 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10641 } 10642 } 10643 10644 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10645 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10646 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10647 D.setInvalidType(); 10648 } 10649 10650 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10651 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10652 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10653 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10654 D.setInvalidType(); 10655 } 10656 10657 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 10658 10659 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10660 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10661 diag::err_invalid_thread) 10662 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10663 10664 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10665 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10666 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10667 LookupName(Previous, S); 10668 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10669 case LookupResult::Found: 10670 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10671 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10672 break; 10673 10674 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10675 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10676 break; 10677 10678 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10679 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10680 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10681 break; 10682 } 10683 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10684 10685 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10686 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10687 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10688 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10689 PrevDecl = 0; 10690 } 10691 10692 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10693 PrevDecl = 0; 10694 10695 bool Mutable 10696 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10697 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10698 FieldDecl *NewFD 10699 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10700 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10701 10702 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10703 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10704 10705 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10706 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10707 10708 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10709 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10710 // with the same name in the same scope. 10711 } else if (II) { 10712 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10713 } else 10714 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10715 10716 return NewFD; 10717} 10718 10719/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10720/// 10721/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10722/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10723/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10724/// created. 10725/// 10726/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10727/// 10728/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10729FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10730 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10731 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10732 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10733 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10734 SourceLocation TSSL, 10735 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10736 Declarator *D) { 10737 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10738 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10739 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10740 10741 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10742 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10743 if (T.isNull()) { 10744 InvalidDecl = true; 10745 T = Context.IntTy; 10746 } 10747 10748 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10749 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10750 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10751 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10752 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10753 InvalidDecl = true; 10754 } else { 10755 NamedDecl *Def; 10756 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10757 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10758 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10759 InvalidDecl = true; 10760 } 10761 } 10762 } 10763 10764 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10765 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10766 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10767 InvalidDecl = true; 10768 } 10769 10770 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10771 // than a variably modified type. 10772 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10773 bool SizeIsNegative; 10774 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10775 10776 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10777 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10778 SizeIsNegative, 10779 Oversized); 10780 if (FixedTInfo) { 10781 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10782 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10783 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10784 } else { 10785 if (SizeIsNegative) 10786 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10787 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10788 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10789 << Oversized.toString(10); 10790 else 10791 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10792 InvalidDecl = true; 10793 } 10794 } 10795 10796 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10797 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10798 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10799 AbstractFieldType)) 10800 InvalidDecl = true; 10801 10802 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10803 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10804 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10805 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10806 if (!BitWidth) { 10807 InvalidDecl = true; 10808 BitWidth = 0; 10809 ZeroWidth = false; 10810 } 10811 } 10812 10813 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10814 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10815 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10816 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10817 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10818 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10819 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10820 10821 if (DiagID) { 10822 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10823 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10824 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10825 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10826 Mutable = false; 10827 InvalidDecl = true; 10828 } 10829 } 10830 10831 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10832 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10833 if (InvalidDecl) 10834 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10835 10836 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10837 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10838 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10839 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10840 } 10841 10842 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10843 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10844 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10845 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10846 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10847 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10848 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10849 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10850 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10851 // objects. 10852 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10853 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10854 } 10855 } 10856 10857 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10858 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 10859 // enabled. 10860 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10861 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 10862 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 10863 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10864 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10865 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 10866 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10867 } 10868 } 10869 } 10870 10871 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10872 // representation, not a parser representation. 10873 if (D) { 10874 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 10875 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 10876 10877 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10878 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10879 } 10880 10881 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10882 // retainable type. 10883 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10884 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10885 10886 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10887 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10888 10889 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10890 return NewFD; 10891} 10892 10893bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10894 assert(FD); 10895 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10896 10897 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10898 return false; 10899 10900 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10901 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10902 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10903 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10904 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10905 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10906 // copy constructors. 10907 10908 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10909 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10910 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10911 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10912 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10913 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10914 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10915 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10916 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10917 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10918 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10919 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10920 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10921 member = CXXDestructor; 10922 10923 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10924 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10925 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10926 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10927 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10928 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10929 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10930 // members unavailable. 10931 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10932 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10933 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10934 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10935 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10936 return false; 10937 } 10938 } 10939 10940 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10941 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10942 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10943 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10944 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10945 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10946 } 10947 } 10948 } 10949 10950 return false; 10951} 10952 10953/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10954/// AST enum value. 10955static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10956TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10957 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10958 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10959 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10960 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10961 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10962 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10963 } 10964} 10965 10966/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10967/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10968Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10969 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10970 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10971 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10972 10973 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10974 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10975 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10976 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10977 10978 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10979 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10980 10981 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10982 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10983 10984 if (BitWidth) { 10985 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10986 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10987 if (!BitWidth) 10988 D.setInvalidType(); 10989 } else { 10990 // Not a bitfield. 10991 10992 // validate II. 10993 10994 } 10995 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10996 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10997 D.setInvalidType(); 10998 } 10999 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11000 // than a variably modified type. 11001 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11002 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11003 D.setInvalidType(); 11004 } 11005 11006 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11007 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11008 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11009 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11010 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11011 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11012 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11013 return 0; 11014 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11015 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11016 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11017 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11018 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11019 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11020 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11021 } 11022 else 11023 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11024 } else { 11025 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11026 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11027 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11029 return 0; 11030 } 11031 } 11032 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11033 } 11034 11035 // Construct the decl. 11036 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11037 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11038 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11039 11040 if (II) { 11041 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11042 ForRedeclaration); 11043 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11044 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11045 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11046 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11047 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11048 } 11049 } 11050 11051 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11052 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11053 11054 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11055 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11056 11057 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11058 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11059 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11060 11061 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11062 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11063 11064 if (II) { 11065 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11066 // these to the interface. 11067 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11068 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11069 } 11070 11071 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11072 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11073 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11074 11075 return NewID; 11076} 11077 11078/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11079/// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11080/// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11081/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11082void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11083 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11084 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11085 return; 11086 11087 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11088 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11089 11090 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11091 return; 11092 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11093 if (!ID) { 11094 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11095 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11096 return; 11097 } 11098 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11099 else 11100 return; 11101 } 11102 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11103 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11104 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11105 11106 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11107 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11108 Context.CharTy, 11109 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11110 DeclLoc), 11111 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11112 true); 11113 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11114} 11115 11116void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 11117 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11118 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 11119 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 11120 AttributeList *Attr) { 11121 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11122 11123 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11124 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11125 // it will now change. 11126 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11127 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11128 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11129 default: break; 11130 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11131 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11132 break; 11133 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11134 Context. 11135 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11136 break; 11137 } 11138 } 11139 11140 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11141 11142 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11143 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11144 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11145 if (Record) { 11146 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 11147 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 11148 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 11149 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11150 ++NumNamedMembers; 11151 } 11152 } 11153 11154 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11155 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11156 11157 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11158 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11159 i != end; ++i) { 11160 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11161 11162 // Get the type for the field. 11163 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11164 11165 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11166 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11167 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11168 } 11169 11170 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11171 // diagnostics about it. 11172 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11173 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11174 continue; 11175 } 11176 11177 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11178 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11179 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11180 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11181 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11182 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11183 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11184 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11185 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11186 // array. 11187 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11188 // Field declared as a function. 11189 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11190 << FD->getDeclName(); 11191 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11192 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11193 continue; 11194 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11195 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11196 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11197 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11198 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11199 // Flexible array member. 11200 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11201 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11202 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11203 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11204 if (Record->isUnion()) 11205 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11206 << FD->getDeclName(); 11207 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11208 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11209 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11210 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11211 if (Record->isUnion()) 11212 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11213 << FD->getDeclName(); 11214 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11215 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11216 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11217 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11218 if (Record->isUnion()) 11219 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11220 << FD->getDeclName(); 11221 else 11222 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11223 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11224 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11225 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11226 << FD->getDeclName(); 11227 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11228 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11229 continue; 11230 } 11231 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11232 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11233 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11234 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11235 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11236 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11237 continue; 11238 } 11239 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11240 if (Record) 11241 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11242 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11243 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11244 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11245 // Incomplete type 11246 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11247 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11248 continue; 11249 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11250 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11251 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11252 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11253 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11254 } else { 11255 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11256 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11257 // structures. 11258 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11259 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11260 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11261 else { 11262 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11263 // other structs as an extension. 11264 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11265 << FD->getDeclName(); 11266 if (Record) 11267 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11268 } 11269 } 11270 } 11271 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11272 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11273 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11274 AbstractIvarType)) { 11275 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11276 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11277 } 11278 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11279 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11280 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11281 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11282 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11283 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11284 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11285 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11286 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11287 FD->setType(T); 11288 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11289 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11290 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11291 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11292 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11293 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11294 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11295 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11296 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11297 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11298 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11299 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11300 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11301 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11302 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11303 } 11304 } else { 11305 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11306 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11307 } 11308 ARCErrReported = true; 11309 } 11310 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11311 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11312 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11313 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11314 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11315 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11316 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11317 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11318 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11319 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11320 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11321 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11322 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11323 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11324 } 11325 } 11326 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11327 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11328 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11329 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11330 ++NumNamedMembers; 11331 } 11332 11333 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11334 if (Record) { 11335 bool Completed = false; 11336 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11337 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11338 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11339 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11340 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11341 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11342 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11343 11344 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11345 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 11346 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11347 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11348 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 11349 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11350 11351 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 11352 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 11353 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 11354 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 11355 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11356 } 11357 11358 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11359 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11360 11361 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11362 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11363 // problem now. 11364 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11365 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11366 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11367 11368 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11369 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11370 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11371 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11372 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11373 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11374 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11375 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11376 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11377 continue; 11378 11379 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11380 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11381 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11382 // program is ill-formed. 11383 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11384 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11385 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11386 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11387 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11388 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11389 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11390 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11391 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11392 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11393 11394 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11395 } 11396 } 11397 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11398 Completed = true; 11399 } 11400 } 11401 } 11402 } 11403 11404 if (!Completed) 11405 Record->completeDefinition(); 11406 11407 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11408 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11409 11410 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension. 11411 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11412 bool ZeroSize = true; 11413 bool IsEmpty = true; 11414 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 11415 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 11416 E = Record->field_end(); 11417 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 11418 IsEmpty = false; 11419 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 11420 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 11421 ZeroSize = false; 11422 } else { 11423 ++NonBitFields; 11424 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 11425 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 11426 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 11427 ZeroSize = false; 11428 } 11429 } 11430 11431 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in 11432 // C++. 11433 if (ZeroSize) 11434 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty 11435 << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 11436 11437 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but 11438 // are accepted by GCC. 11439 if (NonBitFields == 0) { 11440 if (IsEmpty) 11441 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11442 else 11443 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11444 } 11445 } 11446 } else { 11447 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11448 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11449 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11450 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11451 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11452 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11453 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11454 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11455 } 11456 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11457 // duplicates. 11458 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11459 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11460 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11461 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11462 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11463 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11464 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11465 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11466 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11467 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11468 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11469 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11470 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11471 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11472 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11473 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11474 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11475 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11476 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11477 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11478 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11479 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11480 if (IDecl) { 11481 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11482 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11483 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11484 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11485 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11486 continue; 11487 } 11488 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11489 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11490 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11491 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11492 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11493 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11494 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11495 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11496 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11497 continue; 11498 } 11499 } 11500 } 11501 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11502 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11503 } 11504 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11505 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11506 } 11507 } 11508 11509 if (Attr) 11510 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11511} 11512 11513/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11514/// the given type T. 11515static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11516 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11517 QualType T) { 11518 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11519 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11520 11521 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11522 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11523 --BitWidth; 11524 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11525 } 11526 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11527} 11528 11529// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11530// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11531static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11532 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11533 // enum checking below. 11534 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11535 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11536 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11537 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11538 }; 11539 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11540 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11541 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11542 }; 11543 11544 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11545 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11546 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11547 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11548 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11549 return Types[I]; 11550 11551 return QualType(); 11552} 11553 11554EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11555 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11556 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11557 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11558 Expr *Val) { 11559 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11560 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11561 QualType EltTy; 11562 11563 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11564 Val = 0; 11565 11566 if (Val) 11567 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11568 11569 if (Val) { 11570 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11571 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11572 else { 11573 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11575 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11576 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11577 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11578 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11579 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11580 ExprResult Converted = 11581 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11582 CCEK_Enumerator); 11583 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11584 Val = 0; 11585 else 11586 Val = Converted.take(); 11587 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11588 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11589 &EnumVal).take())) { 11590 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11591 } else { 11592 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11593 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11594 11595 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11596 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11597 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11598 // expression checking. 11599 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11600 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11601 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11602 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11603 } else 11604 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11605 } else 11606 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11607 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11608 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11609 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11610 // is the type of its initializing value: 11611 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11612 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11613 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11614 } else { 11615 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11616 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11617 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11618 // representable as an int. 11619 11620 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11621 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11622 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11623 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11624 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11625 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11626 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11627 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11628 } 11629 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11630 } 11631 } 11632 } 11633 } 11634 11635 if (!Val) { 11636 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11637 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11638 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11639 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11640 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11641 // is the type of its initializing value: 11642 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11643 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11644 // 11645 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11646 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11647 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11648 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11649 } 11650 else { 11651 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11652 } 11653 } else { 11654 // Assign the last value + 1. 11655 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11656 ++EnumVal; 11657 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11658 11659 // Check for overflow on increment. 11660 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11661 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11662 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11663 // is the type of its initializing value: 11664 // 11665 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11666 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11667 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11668 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11669 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11670 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11671 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11672 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11673 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11674 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11675 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11676 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11677 ++EnumVal; 11678 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11679 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11680 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11681 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11682 << EltTy; 11683 else 11684 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11685 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11686 } else { 11687 EltTy = T; 11688 } 11689 11690 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11691 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11692 // value, then increment. 11693 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11694 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11695 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11696 ++EnumVal; 11697 11698 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11699 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11700 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11701 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11702 // integral type. 11703 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11704 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11705 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11706 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11707 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11708 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11709 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11710 } 11711 } 11712 } 11713 11714 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11715 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11716 // enumerator's type. 11717 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11718 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11719 } 11720 11721 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11722 Val, EnumVal); 11723} 11724 11725 11726Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11727 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11728 AttributeList *Attr, 11729 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11730 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11731 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11732 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11733 11734 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11735 // we find one that is. 11736 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11737 11738 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11739 // scope. 11740 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11741 ForRedeclaration); 11742 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11743 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11744 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11745 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11746 PrevDecl = 0; 11747 } 11748 11749 if (PrevDecl) { 11750 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11751 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11752 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11753 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11754 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11755 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11756 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11757 else 11758 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11759 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11760 return 0; 11761 } 11762 } 11763 11764 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11765 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11766 // different from T: 11767 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11768 // enumerated type 11769 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11770 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11771 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11772 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11773 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11774 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11775 11776 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11777 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11778 11779 if (New) { 11780 // Process attributes. 11781 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11782 11783 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11784 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11785 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11786 } 11787 11788 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11789 11790 return New; 11791} 11792 11793// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11794// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11795// Element2 = Element1 11796// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11797// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11798// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11799static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11800 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11801 if (!InitExpr) 11802 return true; 11803 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11804 11805 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11806 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11807 return true; 11808 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11809 if (!IL) 11810 return true; 11811 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11812 return true; 11813 11814 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11815 } 11816 11817 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11818 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11819 if (!DRE) 11820 return true; 11821 11822 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11823 if (!EnumConstant) 11824 return true; 11825 11826 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11827 Enum) 11828 return true; 11829 11830 return false; 11831} 11832 11833struct DupKey { 11834 int64_t val; 11835 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11836 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11837 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11838}; 11839 11840static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11841 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11842 false); 11843} 11844 11845struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11846 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11847 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11848 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11849 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11850 } 11851 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11852 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11853 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11854 } 11855}; 11856 11857// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11858// a previous element has already been set to. 11859static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11860 EnumDecl *Enum, 11861 QualType EnumType) { 11862 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11863 Enum->getLocation()) == 11864 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11865 return; 11866 // Avoid anonymous enums 11867 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11868 return; 11869 11870 // Only check for small enums. 11871 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11872 return; 11873 11874 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11875 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11876 11877 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11878 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11879 ValueToVectorMap; 11880 11881 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11882 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11883 11884 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11885 // an initialier. 11886 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11887 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11888 11889 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11890 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11891 if (!ECD) { 11892 return; 11893 } 11894 11895 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11896 continue; 11897 11898 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11899 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11900 11901 // First time encountering this value. 11902 if (Entry.isNull()) 11903 Entry = ECD; 11904 } 11905 11906 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11907 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11908 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11909 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11910 continue; 11911 11912 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11913 11914 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11915 if (Entry.isNull()) 11916 continue; 11917 11918 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11919 // Ensure constants are different. 11920 if (D == ECD) 11921 continue; 11922 11923 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11924 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11925 Vec->push_back(D); 11926 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11927 11928 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11929 Entry = Vec; 11930 11931 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11932 // diagnostics. 11933 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11934 continue; 11935 } 11936 11937 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11938 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11939 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11940 continue; 11941 11942 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11943 } 11944 11945 // Emit diagnostics. 11946 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11947 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11948 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11949 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11950 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11951 11952 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11953 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11954 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11955 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11956 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11957 ++I; 11958 11959 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11960 // the same value. 11961 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11962 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11963 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11964 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11965 delete Vec; 11966 } 11967} 11968 11969void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11970 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11971 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11972 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11973 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11974 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11975 11976 if (Attr) 11977 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11978 11979 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11980 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11981 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11982 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11983 if (!ECD) continue; 11984 11985 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11986 } 11987 11988 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11989 return; 11990 } 11991 11992 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11993 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11994 // emit a warning. 11995 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11996 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11997 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11998 11999 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12000 // reverse the list. 12001 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12002 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12003 12004 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12005 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12006 12007 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12008 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12009 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12010 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12011 12012 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12013 12014 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12015 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12016 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12017 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12018 else 12019 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12020 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12021 12022 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12023 if (AllElementsInt) 12024 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12025 } 12026 12027 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12028 QualType BestType; 12029 unsigned BestWidth; 12030 12031 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12032 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12033 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12034 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12035 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12036 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12037 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12038 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12039 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12040 QualType BestPromotionType; 12041 12042 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 12043 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12044 // enum definitions. 12045 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12046 Packed = true; 12047 12048 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12049 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12050 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12051 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12052 else 12053 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12054 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12055 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12056 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12057 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12058 } 12059 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12060 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12061 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12062 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12063 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12064 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12065 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12066 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12067 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12068 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12069 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12070 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12071 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12072 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12073 } else { 12074 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12075 12076 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12077 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12078 } else { 12079 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12080 12081 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12082 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 12083 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12084 } 12085 } 12086 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12087 } else { 12088 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12089 // all of the enumerator values. 12090 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12091 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12092 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12093 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12094 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12095 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12096 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12097 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12098 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12099 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12100 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12101 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12102 BestPromotionType 12103 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12104 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12105 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12106 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12107 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12108 BestPromotionType 12109 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12110 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12111 } else { 12112 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12113 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12114 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12115 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12116 BestPromotionType 12117 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12118 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12119 } 12120 } 12121 12122 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12123 // the type of the enum if needed. 12124 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12125 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12126 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12127 12128 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12129 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12130 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12131 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12132 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12133 12134 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12135 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12136 12137 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12138 // the enum decl type. 12139 QualType NewTy; 12140 unsigned NewWidth; 12141 bool NewSign; 12142 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12143 !Enum->isFixed() && 12144 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12145 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12146 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12147 NewSign = true; 12148 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12149 // Already the right type! 12150 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12151 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12152 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12153 // enumeration. 12154 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12155 continue; 12156 } else { 12157 NewTy = BestType; 12158 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12159 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12160 } 12161 12162 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12163 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12164 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12165 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12166 12167 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12168 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12169 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12170 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12171 CK_IntegralCast, 12172 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12173 /*base paths*/ 0, 12174 VK_RValue)); 12175 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12176 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12177 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12178 // enumeration. 12179 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12180 else 12181 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12182 } 12183 12184 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12185 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12186 12187 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 12188 // it needs to go into the function scope. 12189 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 12190 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 12191 12192 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12193 12194 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12195 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12196 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12197} 12198 12199Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12200 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12201 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12202 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12203 12204 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12205 AsmString, StartLoc, 12206 EndLoc); 12207 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12208 return New; 12209} 12210 12211DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12212 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12213 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12214 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12215 Module::AllVisible, 12216 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12217 if (!Mod) 12218 return true; 12219 12220 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 12221 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 12222 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 12223 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 12224 // We need the length to be consistent. 12225 if (!ModCheck) 12226 break; 12227 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 12228 12229 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 12230 } 12231 12232 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 12233 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12234 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 12235 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 12236 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 12237 return Import; 12238} 12239 12240void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 12241 // Create the implicit import declaration. 12242 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12243 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12244 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12245 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12246 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12247 12248 // Make the module visible. 12249 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12250 /*Complain=*/false); 12251} 12252 12253void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12254 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12255 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12256 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12257 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12258 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12259 LookupOrdinaryName); 12260 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12261 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12262 12263 if (PrevDecl) 12264 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12265 else 12266 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12267 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12268} 12269 12270void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12271 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12272 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12273 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12274 12275 if (PrevDecl) { 12276 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12277 } else { 12278 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12279 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12280 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12281 } 12282} 12283 12284void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12285 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12286 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12287 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12288 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12289 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12290 LookupOrdinaryName); 12291 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12292 12293 if (PrevDecl) { 12294 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12295 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12296 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12297 } else { 12298 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12299 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12300 } 12301} 12302 12303Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12304 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12305} 12306 12307AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12308 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12309 return D->getAvailability(); 12310} 12311